Terms in diacriticsTerms in DevanagariDefinitions
abhayaअभय[S.] n. brave, secure, fearless, undaunted (see Monier-Williams 1964: 60). Freedom from fear; a formal vow taken by saṃnyāsins never to kill or do violence to any living ceature (Johnson 2009: 1).
abhaya mudrāअभयमुद्रा[S.] n. the gesture of protection and assurance that is also identified as the gesture of providing refuge. In this gesture, the hand is slightly elevated and bent with the palm turned outward, the fingers being outstretched and elevated (Bhattacharyya 1958: 432). It is also understood as a gesture of fearlessness in which the palm of a deity's or teacher's right hand is raised towards the devotee to inspire trust and dispel fear (Johnson 2009: 1). In the Buddhist world, the gesture is widely associated with Amoghasiddhi of pañcabuddha that represents his protection from all fears of the cycle of birth.
abhiṣekaअभिषेक[S.] var. abhishek; n. 1. anointing, inaugurating or consecrating (by sprinkling water), inauguration of a king, royal unction (Monier-Williams 1964: 71). 2. a specific element in the rājasūya (royal consecration) and aśvamedha (horse sacrifice) rituals in which the king's divinity is (re)affirmed. It is normally administered by a brahmin (Johnson 2009: 2). 
agaḥअगःn. brick-kiln.
agaḥchẽअगःछेँ

[to be revised]

var. agaḥcheṃagachen; small house without windows.

agiṃअगिं

[to be revised]

[fr. S. agni] n. a fire pit.

agiṃmathaḥअगिंमथः[fr. S. agnimaṭha] var. agĩthala, agigaḥ, aginmath; n. denoting a locale where a perpetual flame is ignited and maintained. This site serves as the venue for Vedic fire ceremonies, a tradition upheld at Agnimaṭha (LAL0280) in Patan—a distinctive monument engaging in daily fire rituals, preserving the ancient custom of kindling an everlasting flame. The flame for these rites is generated by the friction of two wooden pieces, ensuring its continuous luminance day and night. Patan's Agnimaṭha, which is also known as Agiṃmathaḥ among the locals, stands as the sole location throughout the entire Indian subcontinent where this three thousand years old fire ritual is still observed (Witzel 1992: 779-780).
agniśālāअग्निशाला[S.] var. agnishala; n. lit. house of fire, it is another Sanskrit term for agiṃmathaḥ, which is derived from the Sanskrit term agnimaṭha.
agrākhaअग्राखn. name of a tree with very hard wood; any kind of hard wood (Turner 1931: 5); the timber from the sal tree; shorea robusta; syn. agrāṭha.
agūअगू[New.] var. agoo, agu, agucha; n. a charcoal stove; occasionally referred to as agūcā due to its compact dimensions, it is a portable earthen cooking apparatus that utilizes coal and bears a resemblance to a brick kiln in structure (Manandhar et al. 1986: 2). These stoves were commonly employed in kitchens until the advent of modern stoves, which subsequently supplanted their usage.
ajidyaḥअजिद्यः[fr. Old New. ajideo] var. ajidya, ajidyo; n. the name of a goddess (Malla 2000: 3). A goddess who takes care of or protects children, also known as devīBhagavatī, Hāratīmātā, or Ākāśayoginī (Mālī 1130 NS: 6). In the Kathmandu Valley, ajidyaḥ is also called ajimā or ajimāju; e.g. Hārati Ajimā, Śītalā Māju.
akulāṃअकुलां[New.] var. akulan; n. cornice brick (Gutschow et al. 1987: 19).
akāpalaṃअकापलं[New.] var. akapalan; n. a mallet used to compress and provide the size of the ruffian (raw clay put inside a mould to give it a fixed shape, often used for making bricks); syn. cikātapalaṃ (Gutschow et al. 1987: 19).
akṣamāḥअक्षमा:var. akṣamālāakshyamala (Nep.); n. a string made of small beads of śrīkhaṇḍa, etc. used for counting prayers (Mālī 1130 NS: 2); a rosary of rudrākṣa beads (Elaeocarpus ganitrus or its berries). The number of beads may vary from 32, 54, 64 or 108.
akṣatāअक्षता[S.] (old New. ākhata) var. akshyata; n. grains of rice that have their hulls carefully removed to make sure that the grains are undamaged for using as an offering for deities during worships. Such grains of rice are indispensable for a worship that requires setting up a kalaśa, syn. ākhey (New.).
Akṣaya Tṛtīyāअक्षयतृतीया[S.] var. Akshyay Tritiya; n. lit. the imperishable third lunar day, is the 3rd of the bright fortnight of Vaiśākha. The day holds a sacred significance, as people engage in pious activities on this day. Many couples get married on this day, as it is culturally believed that it is not necessary to get an astrologer prescribe the auspicious moment for marriage on this day. The Newars regard offering a special beverage (sākhaḥti), a mixture of coarse brown sugar (sākhaḥ) and water, to people on this day as a virtuous deed.
Akṣobhyaअक्षोभ्य[S.] var. Akshyobhya; n. also known as one of the five dhyānī (meditating) Buddhas facing east, Akṣobhya assumes the role of the Buddha in the eastern paradise, "Abhirati" (lit. extreme delight), alongside his consort Locanā. In this celestial realm, Bodhisattvas experience accelerated progress toward Buddhahood, while śrāvakas (disciples) can attain arhatship within a single lifetime (Nattier 2003: 13). According to the Buddhist manuscript Guṇakāraṇḍavyūha, Akṣobhya's conceptualization traces back to Nepal, where he is acknowledged as the second of the dhyānī Buddhas. Another Buddhist scripture, Advayavajrasaṅgraha, attributes his origin to the blue seed-syllable hūṃ. Akṣobhya is depicted as one-faced and two-armed, assuming the mudrā of earth-touching (bhūmisparśa) and the pose of vajraparyaṅka. Blue signifies his color, the elephant serves as his animal mount (vāhana), and the vajra represents his symbol. In his tantric form, Akṣobhya manifests as eight-armed, blue, and exudes an angry aspect. The right face is white, while the left is red. Three of the right hands hold a vajra, a discus (cakra), and a lotus (padma), whereas the left hands grasp a bell, sword, and cintāmaṇi (wishing jewel). The principal right and left hands clasp Prajñā Sparśavajrā, his consort (Malalasekera 1997: 364); see pañcabuddha.
Aliṃdyaḥअलिंद्य:[New.] var. Alindya, Alindyo; n. vernacular name of Anantaliṅgeśvara. He is mostly worshipped on the first day of the ihī ritual. A lump of black clay is shaped into a cylinder like a śivaliṅga with a disc of clay attached to one side probably depicting Śiva's hair knot. Then a potter gives the lump of clay a definitive shape with a pointed top. A priest then sets three eyes on to it transforming it into the deity (Gutschow and Michaels 2008: 131/134). Aliṃdyaḥ is also identified as Agni, the deity of fire, and Bhairava. He is, therefore, a clay deity of ambiguous identity. In Patan, Aliṃdyaḥ in a Buddhist context represents a caitya, the symbolic representation of the Buddha and his teachings (Gutschow and Michaels 2008: 130). He is also referred to as Tryambakeśvara, the deity with three eyes, which is an epithet of Śiva.
amayअमय्

[fr. old New. amasa] n. 1) a term that signifies food such as fish, egg, meat, black lentils, garlic, soybeans, and leeks, among others (Mālī 1130 NS: 20).

2) impure or unholy food which is not deemed fit for sacrifice.

Amitābhaअमिताभ[S.] n. also known as one of the five dhyānī (meditating) Buddhas facing west, Amitābha (lit. limitless light) resides in the world he purified, known as Sukhāvatī (blissful). From this world he will come to ours, surrounded by many Bodhisattvas, to welcome the dead and to lead them to rebirth in his world, Sukhāvatī, that he transformed into the most pure and beautiful buddha-field (Gómez 2003: 14). The name of Amitābha appears for the first time as the presiding deity of the Sukhāvatī or Akaniṣṭha heaven in the Buddhist scripture Sukhāvatīvyūha translated into Chinese between 148-170 CE (Bhattacharyya 1958: 34). His origin is attributed to the red seed-syllable hrīṃ. Amitābha is depicted as one-faced and two-armed, assuming the samādhi (dhyānamudrā and the pose of vajraparyaṅka. Red signifies his color, the peacock serves as his animal mount (vāhana), and the lotus represents his symbol (Bhattacharyya 1958: 7); see pañcabuddha.
Amoghapāśa Lokeśvaraअमोघपाशलोकेश्वर[S.] var. Amoghpash Lokeshwar; n. lit. the Lokeśvara with unerring noose, he is one of the widely-revered Lokeśvaras in the Kathmandu Valley. He is mainly four-faced and eight-armed and stands on a lotus. He carries in his four right hands a vajra, sword, goad and bow, while his four left arms carry a ghaṇṭatridaṇḍī, noose and arrow (Bhattacharyya 1958: 428). White in colour, he uses the pāśa (noose) to bind the non-cognizants to draw them toward the path of knowledge. He is one of the eight tutelary deities of the valley, and is frequently represented in sculptures and paintings. People also commission artists to make paintings of Amoghapāśa Lokeśvara to bring long life prosperity and ample progeny to the donor. Aṣṭamī vrata, a worship of Amoghapāśa Lokeśvara on the eighth of the bright fortnight, is an important ritual among the Newar Buddhists that is performed with the muttering of the six-syllable mantra accompanied by ritual touching of the parts of the body and meditation (Lokesh Chandra, Vol. 1 2003: 307-308).
Amoghasiddhiअमोघसिद्धिn. one of the five dhyānī Buddhas who faces north; see pañcabuddha.
amāipujāअमाइपुजाvar. amāīpujāāmāipujā; n. worship performed on the new moon day.
amālaअमाल[fr. A.] n. a village level revenue collection office with semi-judicial functions (Adhikari 1984: 344). In the Mulukī Ain, the adālatasṭhānās and amālas were the central institutions for judicial administration (see, for example, MA-KM 1854 1.5, 19 and 21).
anālāअनाला[fr. New. anāmalā] var. analā; n. the name of the additional month (Malla 2000: 7). This intercalary month appears once in every three years in the lunar calendar. Also known as adhikamāsa, malamāsa, puruṣottamamāsa.
añjaliअञ्जलि[S.] var. aṃjali, anjali; n. the name of a mudrā, also known as the sarvarājendra mudrā or the sampuṭāñjali. This position sees two hands clasped together against the chest, palm to palm. Both hands extend upwards with all fingers erect or slightly bent. This mudrā is common to images of Ṣaḍakṣarī Lokeśvara and is also often performed by Nāmasaṅgīti (Bhattacharyya 1958: 432).
aṅgulaअङ्गुलn. a finger; a thumb; a finger's breadth, a measure equal to eight barley-corns. Twelve aṅgulas make up a vitasti or handspan, and twenty-four constitute an arms' length or cubit (Monier-Williams 1964: 8).
Aparamitāअपरमिता[S.] var. Aparimitā; n. another form of Amitābha Buddha that is worshipped especially for the longevity of life. Unlike his plain form as one of the pañcabuddhas, Amitābha in this form is seen richly clad in various ornaments. He sits in dhyāna mudrā and carries an ambrosia vase, which is richly decorated and from its cover fall four strings of beads that represent sacred pills (Sakya 2000: 58).  Aparamitā is also known as Amitāyusa or Buddha Amitāyusa-the Buddha of limitless life.
aphaḥअफः[New.] n. a smith's furnace (syn. bebhaḥ) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 19). A furnace made to heat gold, silver and other metals in the workshop of a goldsmith (Mālī 1130 NS: 18).
ardhamuditaअर्धमुदित[to be revised]
Ardhanārīśvaraअर्धनारीश्वर[S.] var. Ardhanarishwar; n. lit. Śiva in the form of half woman; is a composite form of half Śiva and half Pārvatī usually seen in their peaceful form. The earliest Ardhanārīśvara sculpture of Nepal that dates back to the 4th century is four-armed. Another one dating 1611 CE is also four-armed with the right half of the statue representing Śiva holding a trident and a seed while the left half representing Pārvatī holding scripture and a lotus. A 17th-century statue depicts their conjoined form in fierce aspects. On the right side, Śiva dances on the back of Nandī, his vāhana, while Pārvatī on the left is shown in her terrific form as Durgā dancing on a lion, her vāhana. A more complex form of Ardhanārīśvara is seen on a statue of the late Malla period with eight heads and 16 arms. Only the vāhana help in distinguishing the figure as a conjoined statue (Bangdel 1995: 61).
ardhaparyaṅkaअर्धपर्यङ्क[S.] n. the “half cross-legged” posture (āsana) practised in meditation. Also called māhārājalīlā, it is a particular āsana of sitting with both legs on the same pedestal, but one of the knees is raised while the other is bent in the usual position of a Buddha (Bhattacharyya 1958: 432). The regular ardhaparyaṅka posture shows serenity while dancing in this posture displays wrath and horror (Bhattacharyya 1958: 390); see paryaṅka.
arhatअर्हत्[S.] n. an arhat, or arahant in Pāli, signifies an individual who has reached the pinnacle of enlightenment, representing the ultimate aspiration for Buddhists. The arhat, while entirely human, achieves a transcendent state of wisdom and liberation, closely paralleling that of the Buddha, as elucidated in the sacred texts. Within the Theravāda school of thought, the journey toward arhatship encompasses four distinct stages or paths: a. the path of stream-attainment (srotāpanna mārga), b. the path of once-returning (sakṛdāgāmi mārga), c. the path of non-returning (anāgāmi mārga), and d. the path of the arhat (Bond 2003: 28-29).
asaअसn. see ãlāy.
astadhātuअस्तधातु[fr. S. aṣṭadhātu] n. a set of the eight metals (gold, silver, copper, lead, bronze, iron, mercury and tin) used in rituals either in form of metal dust or melted into one lump. Sometimes steel is mentioned in place of mercury (Monier-Williams 1964: 116).
astalvahaṃअस्तल्वहंvar. astalhvaṃ; n. first foundation stone (Gutschow et al. 1987: 19).
asuअसु[New.] n. a brick (laid without clay or concrete). (syn. kacisu) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 19).
ataḥdegu pujāअतःदेगुपुजाvar. ataḥdigu pujā; n. an alternate worship of the family patron deity performed during Caitra or Vaiśākha.
athaḥअथः[New.] n. an earthen tub often used for washing clothes.
ayliअय्‌लिvar. aylĩayliṃ; n. unbaked clay vessel used for sacrificial gifts.
aylāḥअय्‌लाः[fr. old New. ayarāka/ayalaka] n. an alcoholic liquor made by distilling a fermented mixture of various ingredients mixed with cooked rice or millet.
ãlāyअँलाय्[New.] var. ãlā, anlay; n. wall plate; syn. asa (Gutschow et al. 1987: 19).
ãyguĩअँय्‌गुइँvar. ayguni; n. rope line to hang clothes on; (syn. pakhi) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 19).
aḍḍāअड्डाn. var. aḍā; n. an office, post or station where state functionaries carry out their duties.
aḥpāअ:पा[fr. New. aṭaataatapā] var. appā, apa, appa; n. a brick.
aṃbaḥsāḥअंब:सा:

var. aṃbaḥsāambaḥsāambasa, ambāsi; n. 1) A myrobalan pattern (usally carved).

2) base of a strut; syn. tunāḥtvākaḥ (Gutschow et al. 1987: 19).

aṃsaअंस[New.] var. ansa; n. an egg pattern (usually carved). (Gutschow et al. 1987: 19). These egg-shaped decorative designs can be found on pillars.
aṅgaḥअङ्गः[New.] var. aṃgaḥ; n. any wall of a house that holds the weight of rafters, beams, etc.
aṅkulārpaṇaअंकुलार्पण[S.] n. a ritual offering of blossoms or sprouts (Malla 2000: 1).
aṅkuśaअङ्कुश[S.] var. aṃkuśa, ankush; n. goad. An elephant driver's hook or goad. An emblem of royalty, and iconographically an attribute of many deities, notably of the elephant-headed Gaṇeśa (Johnson 2009: 20).
aṣṭamaṅgalaअष्टमङ्गल

[S.] var. aṣṭamaṅgalashtamangal; n. the Eight Auspicious Emblems, popular predominantly among the Newars and Mahāyāna Buddhists in Nepal. The Newar aṣṭamaṅgala consists of Śrīvatsa (an endless knot), Puṇḍarīka (a lotus), Dhvaja (a victory banner), Kalaśa (a sacred water pot), Cāmara/Cvāmvaḥ (fly whisk made from a yak's tail), Matsyayugma (a pair of golden fish), Chatra (a five-tiered parasol) and Śaṅkha (a conch shell) (Śākya 1089 NS: 2). The Mahāyāna tradition identifies the same emblems as aṣṭamaṅgala though here a Dharmacakra (the Wheel of the Law) replaces the Cāmara.

The eight emblems are sometimes collectively represented in both Newar and Mahāyāna traditions in the form of pūrṇakalaśa. These emblems vary according to tradition. For instance, the Hindus consider a Brahmin, a cow, a fire, gold, ghee, the sun, water and a king to constitute aṣṭamaṅgala, whilst another tradition venerates a lion, bull, elephant, water-jar, fan, flag, trumpet and lamp as its auspicious emblems (Monier-Williams 1964: 116). In the ancient Sinhalese tradition, śrīvatsavāladhi or cāmaraaṅkuśamīnanandi or svastikaveṣṭhana or bhadrapīṭhaśaṅkha or ghaṭāyudha are taken to be aṣṭamaṅgala (Karunaratne 1997: 81).

aṣṭamātṛkāअष्टमातृका

[S.] var. ashtamatrika; n. the group of the 'Eight Mother Goddesses'. The Eight Mother Goddesses are revered in the Kathmandu valley as protective deities. Each goddess is invariably enshrined in one of the four cardinal or four intermediate directions. Gutschow et al. claim that these are as follows: Brahmāyaṇī (E), Māheśvarī (N), Kaumārī (SE), Vaiṣṇavī (SW), Vārāhī (S), Indrāyaṇī (W), Cāmuṇḍā (NW) and Mahālakṣmī (NE) (Gutschow et al. 1977: 10). However, a ritual map obtained from Bhaktapur aligns the goddesses with different directions, namely Brahmāyaṇī (E), Māheśvarī (SE), Kaumārī (S), Vaiṣṇavī (SW), Vārāhī (W), Indrāyaṇī (NW), Mahākālī (N) and Mahālakṣmī (NE) (Kölver 1976: 69).

It is believed that the Kathmandu Valley and the three cities within it lie under the protection of the goddesses. In contrast to the Seven Mother Goddesses (saptamātṛkā) in India, aṣṭamātṛkās are venerated in Nepal. A number of the deities in India are considered to be non-violent, but in Nepal all of the aṣṭamātṛkās are classed as hitvaṃdyaḥ, i.e. deities who expect blood sacrifices. Cāmuṇḍā (also sometimes known as Mahākālī) and Mahālakṣmī have complex origins, but the other goddesses are related to BrahmāŚivaKumāraViṣṇu and Indra (Slusser 1982 vol. 1, 322). Vārāhī is related to Varāha.

aṣṭamīअष्टमी[S.] var. ashtami, (Old New. aṣṭiaṣṭiṅasti); n. the eighth day of both fortnights of the lunar calendar. The eighth lunar day is considered auspicious by the Newars and indulge in pious activities on this day.
aṣṭamī vrataअष्टमीव्रत[S.] var. ashtami brata; n. a fasting observed on the eighth lunar day. Newars consider the 8th lunar day as auspicious and observe a fast on that day, which is known as aṣṭamī vrata. This abstinence includes a worship of Amoghapāśa Lokeśvara on the eighth of the bright fortnight, is an important ritual among the Newar Buddhists that is performed with the muttering of the six-syllable mantra accompanied by ritual touching of the parts of the body and meditation (Lokesh Chandra, Vol. 1 2003: 307-308); syn. aṣṭamī dhalaṃ (New.)
aṣṭasāhasrikāअष्टसाहस्रिका[fr. S. aṣṭasāhasraka] var. ashtasahasrika; n. consisting of eight thousand (e.g. ślokas, as one of the Buddhist Prajñāpāramitās) (Monier-Williams 1964: 116).
aṣṭavaitarāgaअष्टवैतराग[S.] var. aṣṭavītarāgaashtabaitarag; n. lit. the eight passionless ones, are the eight holy sites of pilgrimage that the devotees occasionally visit as part of the observance of aṣṭamī vrata (lit. fasting on the 8th). Aṣṭamī vrata primarily is a pilgrimage to the 12 tīrthas (sacred places) which are believed to be the abodes of the serpents who were invited to return to the Kathmandu valley after the mythical lake has been drained (Gutschow 2011, vol 1: 48). The aṣṭamī vrata pilgrimages conclude over a period of one year. Occasionally, the pilgrimages extend over a period of two years with 12 additional destinations for the second year. The eight sites of aṣṭavaitarāga fall into these 12 additional holy sites (Gutschow 2011, vol 1: 53). The eight vaitarāga sites of the Kathmandu valley are also associated with eight different Bodhisattvas. The eight sites are: 1. Maṇiliṅgeśvara at Maṇicūḍa (associated with Maitreya), 2. Gokarṇeśvara at Gokarṇa (associated with Gaganagañja), 3. Kīleśvara at Cā̃gu (associated with Samantabhadra), 4. Kumbheśvara at Kumbheśvara in Patan (associated with Vajrapāṇi), 5. Phaṇikeśvara at Pharping (associated with Sarvanīvaraṇaviskambhin), 6. Garteśvara at Pharping (associated with Mañjughoṣa), 7. Gandheśvara at Cobhāra (associated with Kṣitigarbha), and 8. Vikrameśvara at Icaṅgu Nārāyaṇa (associated with Ākāśagarbha) (Bajracharya and Michaels 2016: 173).
bahīबही[fr. New. bahiri] var. bahili; n. a Buddhist monastery in which celibate monks live, usually located on the city outskirts (Malla 2000: 322). Architecturally, the four sides of a bahī courtyard are generally only partially enclosed and it is often possible to walk around the back of the main Śākyamuni shrine using a special circumambulatory passage (Gellner 1992: 167). The main entrance is usually the only way to access the ground floor and is generally accessed via a flight of stairs (Locke 1985: 5).
bahīdyaḥबहीद्यः[New.] var. bahidyo; n. in general, bahīdyaḥ refers to any image of Buddhist deities including other relics and artifacts that are put on display once a year in respective monasteries during the holy month of Guṃlā (July-August). However, the annual exhibition known as bahīdyaḥ bvaygu is mostly dominated by large images of Dīpaṅkara Buddha. Such images are primarily a large heavily ornamented head with two palms. They are set on to a wooden frame made in a way that a person can remain inside to carry the larger-than-life image. The body of the image is clothed with brocade embroidered with gold thread. Such images are locally known as Kuyāmpāṃju. It is not clear why such images are called bahīdyaḥ, which tends to wrongly describe them as the deities of bahī, as such exhibitions are held in bāhāḥs as well. Probably it is bahiridyaḥ meaning 'the deities that are brought out' of their monastic confinements for public view. The dates for this annual exhibition vary from one monastery to another, but it usually starts from the 10th of the bright fortnight of Śrāvaṇa.
baiṭhakaबैठक[fr. Prakṛta biṭṭha] n. audience hall; state apartment; drawing-room (Turner 1931: 459). The term is used in west Nepal for stone pavilions that were usually erected throughout the medieval period.
bajiबजि[New.] n. beaten rice; a popular Newar food item that is prepared by boiling paddy and then flattening it by pounding in a wooden mortar (ugaḥ) with a wooden pestle.
bajraबज्रvar. barja; n. brick dust used as a traditional form of plaster. It is a mixture of cāku (molasses), black pulse, jute, surki (brick dust) and sakhvāḥ (lime). The ground black pulse is mixed with molasses and jute and well pounded. Then brick dust and lime are added. Only a little water is added to let the lime develop its setting quality (Gutschow et al. 1987: 189).
baliबलि

[S.] (New. bau) n. 1) any offering or propitiatory oblation (especially an offering of portions of food, such as grain, rice etc., to certain gods, semi-divine beings, household divinities, spirits, etc.) (Monier-Williams 1964: 723). In the Buddhist context, bali is the renunciation of worldly attachments triggered by the five sensory organs. The Newar concept of offering rice grains, flowers, incense, sweets, etc. to a deity is a symbolic act of renunciating attachments or dislikes triggered by rūpa (form), śabda (sound), rasa (taste), gandha (smell) and sparśa (touch).

2) grains or food offered to deceased ancestors or deities; an offering of water alongside small portions of the food that one is about to consume before having lunch in memory of one's deceased parents.

3) items like rice, turmeric, salt etc. placed in a bvaḥtā (small bowl made of leaves) that is left at the pikhālakhu (a marked spot in front of the main entrance outside the eaves of roof) or the chvāsa (an area designated for ritually discarding certain items at times of death, birth and warding off spirits), as advised by divine healers when one feels sick.

4) certain items that are ritually discarded in order to ward off evil spirits after a worship at a house to mark the completion of its construction (Mālī 1130 NS: 423).

5) an animal sacrifice; among the Buddhist Newars, a duck's egg is offered as a substitute to an animal sacrifice.

bapājhyāḥबपाझ्याः[New.] n. latticed window with a cabinet (often on the second floor of a building) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 59).
bare chuiguबरेछुइगु[New.] var. bande luigu, bare chuyegu; v. a monkhood initiation ritual (Manandhar et al. 1986: 170). It is mandatory for all Śākya and Vajrācārya boys to go through this initiation ritual; in doing so, they are officially recognised as members of the saṃgha (monastic association) of their respective bāhāḥ or bahī. Initiation in a monastery also means membership to it, i.e. the right and duty to participate in the monastery's recurrent functions (Gellner 1992: 163). The initiation ritual signifies the boy's entrance into the Theravāda tradition and sees him lead the life of a monk for four days. During this period, he wears a cīvara (robe) until the fourth day, when he renounces the cīvara in a ritual called cīvara kvakāygu, locally known as cyaḥ kvakāygu. This ritual signifies that the boy has now entered into the Mahāyāna tradition. A Nau (a person from the barber caste) shaves the boy's head in the most important part of this ritual. The boy's ninipāju (his father's sister's husband) must then shave off his āṅsa (a tuft of hair at the center of the head). The removal of the āṅsa signifies a break with the system of the four varṇas. This procedure is also called cuḍākarma and pravrajyāvrata.
batuबतु[New.] n. brace and bit (Gutschow et al. 1987: 269). A tool used for drilling by carpenters.
bauबौ[New.] n. Newar term for bali.
bebhaḥबेभः[New.] n. see aphaḥ.
bepāबेपा[New.] var. bepāaḥpā; n. masonry. stretcher (lit. diagonal brick). Position of a brick when laid on its face with the long axis of the perpendicular to the long axis of the wall (Manandhar et al. 1986: 181). A brick laid in a wall so that its longer edge is exposed or parallel to the surface. It is a term of Bhaktapur dialect of Newari; in the Kathmandu dialect, it is called caḥapā (Gutschow et al. 1987: 183) .
betvāḥबेत्वाः

[New.] var. betwa; n. 1) sash rail (Gutschow et al. 1987: 62); timber that is placed on four sides while fixing a window or door (Mālī 1130 NS: 421).

2) timber that is used in between structures to shim up while fixing windows, doors or stairs.

Betāḥ/Vetālaबेताः/वेताल[fr. S. Vetāla/S.] var. Betal; n. a kind of demon, ghost, spirit, goblin, vampire especially occupying a dead body (Monier-Williams 1964: 1014); a kind of demon which is subdued and which is trampled upon by the Goddess Kālī (not a vehicle, though somewhat analogous to one) (Manandhar et al. 1986: 11); evil spirit; mount of Bhairava (Gutschow et al. 1987: 62). He is seen on the upturned shaft (betāḥsĩ) of the chariot of Bhairava (ver. Bhailaḥdyaḥ) pulled during the Biskāḥ Jātrā in Bhaktapur. Locally referred to as Betāḥdyaḥ, he is also seen trampled upon by Bhairava in the murals of the Jayavāgeśvarī temple in Kathmandu and Caṇḍeśvarī temple in Banepa.
betāḥsĩबेता:सिँ[New.] var. betasin; n. a long upturned shaft from the chariot of Bhailaḥdyaḥ. The chariot is used during the Biskāḥ Jātrā in Bhaktapur. An image of Betāḥdyaḥ (Vetāla) can be seen on the upturned part of the shaft; see dhaḥmā.
Bhadrakalpaभद्रकल्प[S.] n. lit. the good or beautiful kalpa; is the name of the present age (Monier-Williams 1964: 746). In the Buddhist context, Bhadrakalpa is the aeon in which the Buddhas are born. Referred to as Bhadda Kappa in Pāli, it is an age (aeon) during which four of the five Buddhas have already appeared in the world. The four Buddhas that have already appeared are Krakucchanda (Pali. Kakusandha), Kanakamuni (Pali. Koṇāgamana), Kāśyapa (Pali. Kassapa), and Siddhārtha Gautama (Pali. Gotama). The fifth, Maitreya (Pali. Metteyya), has yet to appear (Karunaratna 1998: 624).
Bhagavatīभगवती[S.] var. Bhagawati; n. the term, in general, means the feminine form of 'bhagavāna', or, the God. It is a refererence to the supreme autonomous deity in a female form but perhaps more frequently named as Durgā (Johnson 2009: 50). She is especially worshipped in the form of Mahiṣāsuramardinī, the slayer of the buffalo demon. The iconographic representation shows her with multiple beweaponed arms standing by placing one foot on the Mahiṣāsura, a demon who assumed the form of a giant water buffalo, and the other on her lion mount. Her principal right hand can be seen slaying the demon. The earliest images show Durgā as a four-armed figure killing the buffalo demon. During the Malla period, Durgā's iconography was standardized and shown with 8, 10, or 18 arms. She is seen in the pratyālīḍha posture killing the demon, who is either represented as a half-human figure emerging from the buffalo's body or emerging in human form from the decapitated buffalo. In one of her rare forms found in the Bhagavatī temple in Bhaktapur, Durgā is seen killing Mahiṣāsura while also destroying the two other demons Caṇḍa and Muṇḍa (Bangdel 1995: 66-67). Statues of Bhagavatī are common in the Kathmandu valley, but four of them are widely revered: Śobhā Bhagavatī and Naksāla Bhagavatī of Kathmandu, and Nālā Bhagavatī and Palāñcoka Bhagavatī of Kābhre.
bhagiṃभगिं[New.] var. bhagin; n. tapering (of a stūpa or caitya) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 63).
Bhagīrathaभगीरथ[S.] n. lit. having a glorious chariot, is the name of an ancient king of Ayodhyā. He brought down the sacred Gaṅgā from heaven to earth and then conducted this river to the ocean to purify the ashes of his ancestors (Monier-Williams 1964: 744). In the Kathmandu valley, hitis almost always have a statue of Bhagīratha right below the main spout to commemorate his contribution to bringing the sacred Gaṅgā, the river Ganges, from heaven to earth. Bhagīratha is always seen on a lotus throne, blowing a conch shell which he holds either with his right or with both hands. Often, he also holds an arch or rainbow with a water pattern to herald the descent of water. The mythic king was instrumental in bringing down the waters of Gaṅgā to the earth because he persuaded Śiva to receive the waters with his matter hair (Gutschow 2011: 674).  Other variations of his statue include Bhagīratha standing in samapāda posture exhibiting the namaskāra mudrā or a four-armed Bhagīratha with the two secondary arms extending and holding a stream of water. A flying Bhagīratha holding a conch shell in his right hand is another variation seen below the statue of Bhairava at the Lāykūhiti of Bhaktapur (Gutschow 2011: 673).
Bhailaḥdyaḥभैलःद्यः[fr. S. Bhairavadeva] var. Bhailadya, Bhailadyo, Bhairaḥdyaḥ, Bhairāḥdyaḥ, Bhailaḥdyaḥ, Bhelu; n. God Bhairava, the wrathful manifestation of Lord Śiva. Bhairava is revered as the male consort of the aṣṭamātṛkā. Correspondingly, a set of eight Bhairavas are considered to be the masters of the four cardinal and four intermediate directions. These are as follows: Asitāṅga (E), Ruru (SE), Caṇḍa (S), Kroḍha (SW), Unmatta (W), Kapāla/Kapālīśa (NW), Bhīṣaṇa (N) and Saṃhāra (NE) (Kölver 1976: 71). Occasionally, Bhailaḥdyaḥ is represented by two wrathful eyes with a third eye above and a khadga (sword) / triśūla (trident) / khatvāṅga (magic wand) between the two main eyes. Some of his major shrines in the Kathmandu Valley represent him with a cloth painting or a mural image. Bhailaḥdyaḥ is also known as Savaḥ, whilst Bhailaḥdyaḥ and Kumārī are known together as Savaḥbhakku.
bhailaḥkutiभैल:कुति[New.] var. bhailakuti; n. a decorated part of the window or door frame above the sill; panel above the sill decorated with a Bhailaḥdyaḥ design (syn. bhailaḥkva) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 259)
Bhairavaभैरव[S.] var. Bhairab; n. a ferocious form of Śiva; characterized by a mix of terrifying and ecstatic energy, he is often depicted as a dishevelled, wandering mendicant ascetic, holding a skull, accompanied by an impure and inauspicious dog, and haunting cremation grounds. Despite his fierce appearance, Bhairava usually has a protective role. Mythologically, he originated from Śiva's anger, and severed the fifth head of Brahmā. Consequently, he was condemned to embark on a lengthy pilgrimage carrying Brahmā's head (Johnson 2009: 50); see Bhailaḥdyaḥ.
bhajanaभजन[S.] var. bhajan (in Nep.); n. a song that praises a revered being such as a deity or a guru; hymn; devotional song.
bhaupvāḥभौप्वाः/भउप्वाः[New.] var. bhaupwa; n. lit. cat hole, is a hole in the roof (Gutschow et al. 1987: 63) ; a small opening in the roof for light and ventilation just big enough to put one's head through; syn. bhaugāḥ (Manandhar et al. 1986: 192)
bhaviṣyavyākaraṇa mudrāभविष्यव्याकरणमुद्रा[S.] var. bhawishyabyakaran mudra; n. a standing posture with the left hand bent to hold the cīvara (robe) over one's left shoulder while the right hand is held down in a gesture of varada. It is believed that the Śākyamuni Buddha first exhibited this posture in announcing that this would be the posture adopted by Maitreya Bodhisattva, the future Buddha. This posture appears to be popular among the Newars only, as it does not seem to be mentioned elsewhere. However, the viśvavyākaraṇa mudrā, translated by Locke (1985: 8) as 'explaining the future', could possibly refer to this bhaviṣyavyākaraṇa posture as both terms share the same meaning. Interestingly, the iconography of Maitreya Bodhisattva does not show him in this posture. Rather, he is shown performing the vyākhyāna mudrā (dharmacakra) with two of his hands whilst his other hands perform the varada mudrā and clasp a full-blown Nāgakeśara flower and its branches (Bhattacharyya 1958: 81). To perform the vyākhyāna posture, one holds two hands against one's chest. This is the gesture that Lord Buddha performed while preaching his first sermon at Sāranātha (Bhattacharyya 1958: 434); it is simply another term for the dharmacakra posture. Images shown standing in the bhaviṣyavyākaraṇa posture are often identified as Maitreya and can be found in many caturvyūha caityas in the Kathmandu Valley. However, one śikharakūṭa caitya at Vana Bāhāḥ in Patan contains a notable example of a sitting image in bhaviṣyavyākaraṇa posture. This is also identified as Maitreya (Gutschow 1997: 50).
bhaṭṭārakaभट्टारक[S.] n. a great lord, venerable or worshipful person (used of gods and of great or learned men, especially of Buddhist teachers and of a particular class of Śaiva monks) (Monier-Williams 1964: 745). The term was used mostly for the Buddhist objects of worship but also sometimes for those of the Hindu tradition during the medieval period. For instance, gandhuribhaṭṭārrakāsana (LAL0970_I_006) is a reference to the gandhurī devatā. Likewise, Triliṅgeśvara at Bāhālukhā, Patan is referred to as śrītriliṅgeśvarabhaṭṭārakaske (LAL0250_I_003). The term was also used as a title by Licchavi kings. An inscription at Jaisīdevala in Kathmandu, for instance, has this title given to Basantadeva: kīrttirbhaṭṭārakamahārājaśrīvasantadevaḥ (Vajrācārya VS 2030: 122).
bhikṣuभिक्षु[S.] var. bhikshu (ver. bhicchubhikchu); a Buddhist mendicant or monk. In the Newar context, however, members of the Buddhist castes like Śākya and Vajrācārya are all bhikṣus, but they are not celibate. Therefore, they are sometimes called gṛhastha bhikṣu - a householder monk. They do lead a life of a monk for four days during the bare chuigu ritual, when they also go around to receive alms. Some Śākyas used to identify themselves as Śākyavaṃśa, Śākyabhikṣu, Brahmacarya Bhikṣu, Bauddhācārya/Buddhācārya and Cailaka Bhikṣu in the past. About thirty to forty years ago (1950s to 1960s) all Śākyas changed their surname from various longer forms (Gellner 1992: 165). But Bauddhācāryas/Buddhācāryas have retained their caste to date.
bhusyāḥभुस्या:[New.] var. bhuchyāḥ (Bhaktapur dialect); n. a pair of large cymbals made of brass that is played together with dhāḥ and dhimay drums; see chusyāḥ and sichyāḥ.
bhuvanaभुवन

[S.] var. bhuwan; n. 1) the world, the earth.

2) according to purāṇa, the 14 realms like bhūbhuvasvamaha, etc.; each of the seven realms above and below the earth.

3) the number 14 based on that 14 realms (Parājulī et al. 2067: 962); generally tri-bhuvana or bhuvana-traya, the three worlds, are reckoned: svarga (the heaven), martya (the earth) and pātāla (the hell).

bhāboभाबो[New.] var. bhāvo; n. a medieval term that refers to the jyāpu community.
Bhādraभाद्र[S.] var. Bhadau (Nep.), Bhādrapada; n. name of the fifth month (a rainy month corresponding to August - September) of the solar calendar adopted by the Vikrama era.
bhāroभारोvar. bhārha; adj. venerable, respectable, Lord. n. 1) a term of address for the nobility in Medieval Nepal Valley (Malla 2000: 353). 2) member of the rural nobility in the medieval Kathmandu Valley (Whelpton 2005: 259)
bhīmarathārohaṇaभीमरथारोहण[S.] var. bhimratharohan; n. the first old age rite locally known as nhāpāṃ jaṃko performed when one reaches the age of 77 years, 7 months, 7 days; see jaṃko.
Bhīmasenaभीमसेन[S.] var. Bhimsen; n. a deity highly revered by the Newar traders, Bhīmasena is popularly known as Bhindyaḥ (lit. benevolent deity) among the Newars. They worship a small image of Bhīmasena on an altar in shops. Commonly known as the second of the five Pāṇḍava brothers of the epic Mahābhārata, some Newars, however, believe Bhindyaḥ is a separate deity and has nothing to do with Bhīmasena. The (Mahā-)bhīmasena-dhāraṇī describes Bhīmasena as assuming a militant stance (pratyālīḍha) and holds a club (gadā) in his right hand, while displaying the gesture of protection (abhaya mudrā) with his left (Bühnemann 2013: 457). He is also worshipped as another form of Bhailaḥdyaḥ (Bhairava). The earliest reference to Bhīmasena worship is found in a copper plate inscription of 660 NS (1540 CE) that records the donation of lands for the deity's worship (Regmi 1966: 612). But the tradition surely predates the event.
Bhīmasena Ekādaśīभीमसेनएकादशी[S.] var. Bhīmā Ekādaśī, Bhiṃkādaśī, Bhimsen Ekadashi; n. the eleventh of the bright fortnight of Māgha is observed as Bhīmasena Ekādaśī. The following day, i.e. the twelfth of the bright fortnight of Māgha, a procession is taken out in Patan that goes round the city and devotees offer various items at 22 shrines of Bhindyaḥ, the local name for Bhīmasena. Till 2012, this procession was taken out on the ninth of the dark fortnight of Bhādra (Aug-Sep), the same day an image of Bhindyaḥ from the Bhīmasena Mandira in Patan Durbar Square (LAL1380) is also taken round the city on a chariot in the evening. In 2013, the procession in late August was postponed for five months and was taken out in early February in 2014. Since then the annual procession in honour of Bhindyaḥ is taken out on the day after the Bhīmasena Ekādaśī.
bhūmisparśa mudrāभूमिस्पर्शमुद्रा[S.] var. bhūmisparśana-, bhumisparsha-, bhūsparśa-, bhūmyakramaṇa mudrā; n. a hand gesture of ‘earth-touching’. The palm of the right hand is turned inward with the fingers outstretched so that the tips touch the ground (Bhattacharyya 1958: 433). Compare with varada mudrā.
bhūsparśanaभूस्पर्शनsee bhūmisparśa mudrā.
bicāḥ khã lhāyबिचा:  खँ ल्हाय्[New.] var. bicha khan lhay, bicāḥkhã lhāygu/lhāyegu; v. it is a formal discussion between the father of both bride and groom before the groom’s marriage procession leaves with the bride. Both fathers stand face-to-face accompanied by their priests, who do the talking. The bride’s priest begins the talk explaining about the bride’s qualities among other things and requests the groom’s side for fair treatment to her. The groom’s priest then pledges the bride’s side that she will be treated like their own daughter. Both fathers offer dakṣiṇā to the priests and the groom’s marriage procession leaves with the bride. Such a discussion is also referred to as bhamcā khã lhāygu (Gutschow and Michaels 2012: 15)
bihāṃculiबिहांचुलिvar. behā̃culibehāṃculu, bihanchuli, byāṃculi, byanchuli; the tune of the morning song that is sung early in the morning before the rooster crows (Mālī 1130 NS: 416). The song itself is called bihaṃculimye and is sung to wake the inhabitants of a town (usually before Dasaĩ).
bilaṃpauबिलंपौ

[New.] var. bilaṃpati, bilanpau; n. 1) strut with a figural design.

2) a long, narrow painting on cloth, usually depicting images of various jātakas and avadānas, i.e. stories relating to the Buddha's past lives. A single bilaṃpau usually depicts a story of one of the Buddha's many past lives from the beginning to the end. The bilaṃpau of Siṃharasārthavāhū Avadāna displayed in Thã Bahī, Kathmandu is a good example of this. These scroll paintings are usually displayed in various monastic buildings during Guṃlā as part of the bahīdyaḥ bvaygu event. Afterwards, they are rolled up and put back in storage for the rest of the year (Mālī 1130 NS: 416).

bimājhyāḥबिमाझ्याःvar. bimajhya; n. slanting bay window popularly known as sãjhyāḥ; syn. bhvasūjhyāḥ (Gutschow et al. 1987: 61)
birtāबिर्ता[fr. S. vṛtti] var. birttā, bīrttā, vṛtā; n. a royal land grant. For discussion, see M.C. Regmi 1976: 22-37.
Bodhisattvaबोधिसत्त्व[S.] var. Bodhisattwa; n. lit. a being with perfect wisdom; is a spiritual son of the pañcabuddha. A Bodhisattva bears the same color and recognition symbol as his spiritual father from among the pañcabuddhas (Bhattacharyya 1958: p. 55). He is a deity who is already entitled to nirvāṇa (salvation), but has restrained themselves from attaining it with the objective of leading all other beings to the salvation first. A being aspiring to the supreme enlightenment of a Buddha (Malalasekera 1998: xix); see Lokeśvara.
Brahmāब्रह्मा[S.] n. one of the three deities who represent the Hindu Trinity. As the first deity of the Trinity, he is revered as the sṛṣṭikartā, the creator. He is, therefore, the deity of creation. Viṣṇu, the second deity, is revered as the pālanakartā, the deity of preservation. Śiva is the third deity of the Trinity, is the revered as the saṃhārakartā, the destroyer. Brahmā is four-armed and four-faced is seen riding a swan. The statues and temples of Brahmā are rarely seen. In the Hindu mythology, Brahmā is usually seen sitting on a lotus growing out of the navel of Viṣṇu.
Buddha Jayantīबुद्धजयन्तीn. the anniversary day of Lord Buddha's birth, attainment of enlightenment and demise (mahāparinirvāṇa); a function organised to observe the anniversary that falls on the full-moon day of the bright fortnight of Vaiśākha. Also known as Buddha Pūrṇimā and Buddha Day, the day is taken to be auspicious as it marks trisaṃyoga, the three auspicious occasions in the life of the Buddha. Among the Newars, this day is also known as Svāṃyāpunhi, the full-moon day of flowers.
Buṅgadyaḥबुङ्गद्य:[New.] var. Buṃgadyaḥ, Bungadyo; n. lit. the deity of Buṅga (Buṅgamatī), Buṅgadyaḥ is the most popular name of the Red Matsyendranātha among the people of both Buddhist and Hindu faith. Buṅgadyaḥ is revered as the deity of compassion, rain and abundance. Bungadyaḥ is probably the only deity to have two separate temples that are home to the same idol. The idol of Bungadyaḥ is placed half a year in Taḥ Bāhāḥ (LAL0060) and in Bungamati (BUN0001) for the other half of the year. Also known as Padmapāṇi Lokeśvara and Raktāryāvalokiteśvara, Bungadyaḥ is one of the four Karuṇāmayas, the deities of compassion, of the Kathmandu Valley. The people of the Nāth cult and the Hindus worship him as Matsyendranātha, a variation of the name Machindranātha - the guru of Gorakhanātha. King Narendradeva, priest Bandhudatta and porter Rathacakra (Lalita Jyāpu) are credited for bringing Buṅgadyaḥ to the Kathmandu Valley from Kāmarukāmākṣa (Assam). The dating of the event is confusing, as many sources give different dates. But many scholars believe that it took place during the reign of Licchavī King Narendradeva (643-679 CE) (Śākya 1127 NS: 12). A 32 cubit-tall chariot is taken round the city of Patan every year in honour of the deity. The chariot procession is known as Buṅgadyaḥ Jātrā, which draws charioteers and revellers in thousands of number. A similar chariot festival of Buṅgadyaḥ with comparatively smaller chariot is observed in Dolakhā as well.
byaḥ 

[to be revised]

n. fermented substance for liquor distillation.

bāaḥpāबाअ:पाvar. bā-appā; n. brick of medium size.
bāhāḥबाहाः[fr. S. vihāra] var. bahārabahālabāhārabāhāla; n. a Buddhist monastery (Malla 2000: 327). The term bāhā is a corruption of the Sanskrit term vihāra. The word went through various modifications: vihāra > vahāra > bāhāra > bāhāla > bāhāl > bāhā (Locke 1985: 3). There are two types of bāhāḥ: the main (bāhāḥ, and the branch (kacābāhāḥ (Gellner 1992: 167-168). A principal deity called kvāḥpāḥdyaḥ, a caitya in front of the main deity and a shrine of esoteric deity often placed upstairs in an enclosed room are the crucial elements of a Newar Buddhist monastery. Unlike in a bahī, a bāhāḥ does not have a flight of stairs leading to the main entrance, but is guarded by two lions (siṃha). There is no circumambulatory passage to the main shrine, but main bāhāḥs may have a digi, a building with a large hall for meeting and feasting that may stand within the bāḥāḥ complex or separately.
bāhāḥ pujaबाहा:  पुजाvar. bāḥpujā; n. a procession taken out from a particular location that visits all the Buddhist monasteries in the city. Devotees offer items of their choice mainly to all the caityas on the route. A bāhāḥ puja is usually organized after establishing a new caitya or after completing a major renovation/reconstruction work and it commences from the site where the new installation or renovation took place. The procession is accompanied by traditional musical instruments.
bākujhyāḥबाकुझ्याःn. blind window (lit. half window; syn. bakhũjhyāḥ) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 60).
Bārāhīबाराहीn. a sub-caste of carpenters (Manandhar et al. 1986: 175). Bārāhīs are the carpenters of Buṅgadyaḥ (Rāto Matsyendranātha). There are other carpenter castes in Newar community like Sthāpita, Sĩkaḥmi, Śilpakāra. But only Bārāhīs have the right to construct the chariot. They also carry out the digupūjā (the worship of lineage deity) of Buṅgadyaḥ. The digupūjā is observed for four consecutive days during the chariot festival of Buṅgadyaḥ, the longest festival of Nepal.
bāymvaḥबाय्‌म्व:[New.] var. bā̃ymo, bāymo, bāymola, bā̃ymvaḥ, bāymvala; n. seat (āsana) of a finial (Mālī NS 1130: 410)
bāṃaḥpāबांअ:पाvar. bāṃappā; n. moulded and decorated brick (Gutschow et al. 1987: 60-61).
can. rack inside a chariot (Gutschow et al. 1987: 31).
Cailaka Bhikṣuचैलकभिक्षुn. an archaic caste name that refers to Buddhist householder monks who are initiated at a caitya and not a monastery. They are Śākyas by caste and are now known as Cibhāḥ Bare, which literally means 'caitya monk'. 'Cailaka' derives from a Sanskrit term 'cela' that refers to a monk's robe. Cibhāḥ Bare is used for half-caste boys—sons of Śākya or Vajrācārya fathers by lower-caste mothers—who are initiated not in a monastery but at a caitya. They, therefore, are not a member of the saṃgha of any bāhāḥ or bahī, or obtain the rights, duties and public confirmation of the Śākya caste status of a monastic community (Gellner 1992: 165). There is, however, another category of Cailaka Bhikṣus: the initiated members of Micchu Bāhāḥ (LAL1100) in Patan. They are not half-caste Śākyas and have a fully functional saṃgha with five āḥjus who take part in the esoteric worship at the āgaṃ on the day of the saṃgha bhojana, the annual feast of all male members of the monastery. Boys of Micchu Bāhāḥ members are initiated at the durgatipariśodhana caitya in front of its monastic building to be inducted into the bāhāḥ's saṃgha; syn. Cailaka Bandeju, Cibāhāḥ Bare.
Caitraचैत्र[S.] var. Caita (Nep.); n. the last month of the solar calendar adopted by the Vikrama era. This month usually corresponds to March-April, and has its full moon in the constellation Citrā (Monier-Williams 1964: 402).
caityaचैत्य[S.] n. widely known among the Newars as cibhāḥ or cibhāḥdyaḥcaitya is the most common monument found in the Kathmandu valley. It is a Buddhist votive structure that is taken as a three-dimensional mandaḥ. The origination of caitya is believed to be a funeral monument or cenotaph that were not necessarily associated with Buddhism. Later there was a rise in tradition of worshipping a sepulchral monument called caitya that contained a relic of the Buddha buried underneath. Similar trend continued later in honor of other Buddhist monks as well, which eventually converted caityas into a Buddhist monument. There are three types of caityas: 1. śārīrika (dhātu) - a caitya that contains a relic of the Buddha or Buddhist monk buried underneath, 2. paribhoga - a caitya that contains objects that the Buddha used during his lifetime, 3. dharma - a caitya that has the Buddhist scriptures and miniature caityas called lucidyaḥ buried underneath, and 4. uddeśya – a votive caitya constructed with an objective or purpose like eternal peace of one's deceased parents, protection from natural calamities, deliverance from sufferings, etc. (Śākya 1993: 5-13). Compare stūpa.
caityaraṅaचैत्यरङ[old New.] var. caityaraṃga; n. another name of Cilancva Caitya (KIR0001) of Kirtipur.
Cakaṃdyaḥचकंद्य:var. Cakãdyaḥ, Cakaṃdyo, Cakãdyo; the deity of Bhagavāna Bāhāḥ in Thã Bahī, Kathmandu; the local name of Siṃharasārthavāhū, the leader of the caravan merchants, idealised by the Newars for his ability to control lust. His level head saved him from a demoness queen's temptations and eventually led to his becoming the King of Siṃhakalpa, a legendary kingdom believed to be present-day Thã Bahī. An image of Cakaṃdyaḥ is taken round the city annually on the day after Holi Punhi, the full-moon day of Phālguna. Siṃharasārthavāhū (var. Siṃhalasārthavāhū, Siṃhasārthavāhū) avadāna is a very popular Buddhist legend. Its narrative elements have been both adapted to and adopted within the Buddhist mercantile community of Kathmandu, for whom long-distance trade with Tibet was an important undertaking throughout the last millennium (Lewis 1993: 135). The Lhasa traders remained in Tibet for decades, where many married local girls and started families. Analogies are often made between Siṃharasārthavāhū's trading voyages to distant lands and the demoness's attempts to seduce and tempt him, and the Lhasa tradesmen's relationships with local girls in Tibet.
cakraचक्र[S.] n. a discus or sharp circular missile; it is the characteristic symbol of the Hindu God Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa (Bhattacharyya 1958: 434).
Cakvāḥdyaḥचक्वा:द्य:var. Cākabāhāḥdyaḥ, Cākuvādyaḥ, Cukaḥbāhāḥdyaḥ, Cakvādyaḥ; n. vernacular name of Mīnanātha. He is enshrined as the main deity of the Mīnanātha temple (LAL2770) at the premises of Taṃgaḥ Bāhāḥ (LAL2780). He is also known as Jaṭādhārī Lokeśvara, a name which references his jaṭā (matted hair). His chariot procession is held annually together with the Buṅgadyaḥ procession in Patan. The Newars worship Cakvāḥdyaḥ as Yama-āryāvalokiteśvara, the rescuer of all beings suffering in hell (Vajrācārya 2003: 2). Depictions of Cakvāḥdyaḥ show the deity with two arms, both of which are extended down to his waist. His right hand is shown performing the varada gesture whilst his left hand performs the karaṇa posture (Vajrācārya 2003: 7).
cakūचकूvar. cakuricakuli; n. it is the Newar term for harmikā or cube of a caitya. It is the part that is placed on top of the dome (New. gvaḥ/cibhāḥgvaḥ) and is the part that invariably contains a pair of eyes and a curl of hair called urṇa. The eyes represent vajradṛṣṭi, the Adamantine View (Gutschow 1997: 21). Urṇa in this case means a circle of hair between the eyebrows (Monier-Williams 1964: 221). This curl of hair is the mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇa that signifies nobility and illumination–one of 32 such special marks of the Buddha (Gutschow 1997: 21); syn. gala (neck).
calūचलू

var. calu, cvalūarchit. n. 1) the horizontal bar on which the roof beam rests (Manandhar et al. 1986: 57).

2) a top plate on struts supporting the eaves; strut rail; syn. jācalu (Gutschow et al. 1987: 31/159).

Candraचन्द्रn. the moon; also personified as a deity who rides on a swan. This deity is white in colour and holds discs of the moon on lotuses in both of his hands (Bhattacharyya 1958: 367). The moon deity is usually depicted on the top outer frame of an entrance. Such images tend to show the deity riding a chariot driven by seven swans (to the viewer's left) along with Sūrya, the sun deity, who rides a chariot driven by seven horses (to the viewer's right).
capilāचपिला[New.] n. a small box (for fine cotton); syn. pilā (Gutschow et al. 1987: 31); a small treasure box with a roof-shaped lid.
capāḥचपा:[fr. New. capārha capari / capariṃ / capāra / capāla] n. a roofed resting place, now called dharmaśālā, rest-house (Malla 2000: 113); a ceremonial phalcā (rest house) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 31); a community-owned building used for organising feasts or community meetings, found exclusively in jyāpu localities. A capāḥ usually takes the form of a two-storey building with an open ground floor. The upper floor is spacious, and is used to host annual feasts of the sanāḥguthi (funeral trust) of the local Jyāpus. The open space on the ground floor of such monuments also serves as a temporary stop for an image of a deity to rest or shelter for the night during a procession.
capāḥchẽचपा:छेँn. a community building or assembly hall.
capāḥgū 

[to be revised]

[New.] a wayside stall or temporary shop (under a tree).

caryāचर्याn. lit. action or proper way of action; the term caryā refers to a number of classical songs recited during esoteric worships at the āgaṃCaryā songs (New. cacāmye) recited during esoteric worships may also be accompanied by caryā dances (New. cacāpyakhaṃ); syn. cacā (New.)
casalāḥjuचसला:जु[New.] var. casilāḥ āḥjucasilāḥju; n. hon. spiritual preceptor of a bāhāḥ; oldest Vajrācārya of the bāhāḥ. The term originates from a mix of Sanskrit and Newar terms cakreśvara āḥju, which refers to the title Buddha. After being inducted to daśapāramitā āḥju (10 seniormost elders), each elder represents one pāramitā (perfection). With each elder passing away, the elder below him gets promoted a position up. Each promotion implies accomplishment of one pāramitā. Becoming a casalāḥju, therefore, means to attain Buddhahood after accomplishing all ten pāramitās in terms of action, but not in terms of knowledge as done by the Buddha himself. In the Vajrayāna tradition, the concept behind the induction of daśapāramitā āḥjus is to enable a person to become the Buddha in a single life.
casiचसिn. pilgrims of Yeṃkī Daha. The pilgrims follow a leader (Dāgiṃ) in a procession held on the full moon day of the Indra Jātrā festival. The procession usually takes place in the evening around the Kāṣṭhamaṇḍapa in Kathmandu (Manandhar et al. 1986: 57). The act of taking part in the procession is known as casijā vanegu. Devotees scatter seven types of bībaḥ (grains like paddy, barley, etc.) along with flowers and rice as they follow the Dāgiṃ in a procession that goes round Kathmandu City. The procession follows the route taken by the chariot of Kumārī (Mālī 1130 NS: 175). After the conclusion of the procession, the Dāgiṃ leads the devotees all the way to Yeṃki Daha, a natural pool in Dahachoka that is also known as Indra Daha. Here, the pilgrims take a holy bath.
Cathāḥचथा:n. a minor festival marked by worshipping the moon on the fourth of the bright fortnight of BhādraCathāḥ literally means 'the fourth day' of the lunar calendar in old Newari. People remain indoors on the evening of Cathāḥ with the belief that seeing the Cathāḥ moon might result in a person being falsely accused of theft. They eat dry fried legumes in the evening. The day is also known as Gaṇeśa Caturthī, the day when Lord Gaṇeśa was born.
cathāḥdyaḥचथा:द्य:

n. 1) the moon as seen on the fourth day of the bright fortnight of Bhādra.

2) a man as clever as a thief; a cheater (Manandhar et al. 1986: 56).

caturmukhaचतुर्मुखadj. lit. four-faced; four-faced image of any deity; syn. caturmukhī.
caturvyūhaचतुर्व्यूह[S.] n. having four kinds of appearances (Monier-Williams 1964: 385); having four deities or four forms of the same deity in four directions. Usually, the term comes into use to refer to statues of four deities or four forms of the same deity attached to a stele or shaft in four directions.
caturvāhūचतुर्वाहू[S.] n. four-armed.
cau chāyguचौ/चउ छाय्‌गुv. offering a canopy of a square cloth that is known as cau. Its four corners are strung by a thin rope and is placed right over a caitya. The event is observed mostly on the full moon day of ĀśvinaCau looks similar to an ilāṃ that is placed in the similar manner over the main deity of a monastery. Cau may also be made of a square wooden frame with a small pole at the middle on one side that has five tiers of concentric rings with a piece of cloth of five different colours on top. The square frame is placed on top of a caitya in a way that it rests around its dome.
caumariचौमरि/चउमरिn. a ceremonial thin coloured bread that is hurled around during the Dyaḥ Lvākegu festival at Asana, Kathmandu (Śreṣṭhācārya et al. 2054 VS: 74). The festival is observed on the 1st of the bright fortnight of Caitra; a thin round bread made of rice flour. Caumari may also have small holes in it.
caylāचय्‌लाvar. cailā; n. a base (such as plank, reed or bamboo) for roof tiles (Gutschow et al. 1987: 31).
caḥaḥpāच:अ:पाvar. caḥappāarchit. n. cut brick to fill a gap in a course (Gutschow et al. 1987: 31).
charke aḥpāछर्केअ:पाvar. charke appā; n. cornice brick (Gutschow et al. 1987: 34)
chatraछत्र

[S.] var. chataḥ (New.); n. 1) a small umbrella adorning a toraṇa or finial. These umbrellas usually have three folds and hence are also known as svatãchatra, meaning 'threefold umbrella'. However, this differs from the large umbrella used to cover deities during festivals, as well as members of the royal family and senior elders of monasteries when they take part in public functions. This larger umbrella is called chatrakusā. Both words, chatra in Sanskrit and kusā in Newari, mean umbrella.

2) one of the eight emblems of the aṣṭamaṅgala.

Chebhaḍela Aḍḍāछेभडेलअड्डाn. government institution responsible for building and renovating state houses and properties (Regmi 1978: 856; Regmi 1978: 226); “The Chhebhadel according to Brian Hodgson, was a tribunal for the settlement of all disputes relating to houses which did not possess criminal jurisdiction. The chief of this office Chhibha collected taxes and payments as well from the inhabitants of Kathmandu, as well as from traders visiting the town from outside. He was in charge of the supply of fuelwood to the royal palace. He also caught cattle, goats, sheep and horses which were let loose in the field and handed them over to the royal cattle sheds.“ (Regmi 1970 (No. 5): 125).
cheliछेलिvar. chyalichẽdi; the ground floor. In the traditional Newar architecture, cheli usually has an open ground floor with dalāṃ with the possibility of being used as a shop.
Chepuछेपु[New.] var. Chhepu, Kṣapu, Kṣepu; n. Newar oral tradition recognizes Chepu as a water creature who lived inside the turquoise lake that the Kathmandu valley once was. He is considered to be the second of four brothers: Kīrtimukha, Chepu, Garuḍa, and Vanteja. According to a legend popular among the Newars, Chepu was a disfigured water creature who lived under the lake as he was unwilling to expose himself to others. In the course of draining the lake to establish a new city that later became the Kathmandu valley, Mañjuśrī convinced Chepu to come out by promising not to look at him. As he came out, Chepu realized that Mañjuśrī was secretly making a sketch of him on the ground with his toe and he vanished under the water. Therefore, only the head and arms of Chepu are seen in the Newar crafts, as that was all Mañjuśrī could sketch before the serpent-devouring being vanished. In all of the Newar crafts ranging from jewelry items like pendants to architectural structures like toraṇas, Chepu is seen in an incomplete form with only his leonine head and two arms grasping a serpent visible. This implies that Chepu has a fully grown body but is depicted only in an incomplete form as Mañjuśrī is the only one to have seen his full figure. His horned leonine head is distinct from that of Kīrtimukha, as Chepu is seen mostly with both his upper and lower jaws with well-developed cheeks containing stubbled facial hairs. He has anthropomorphized arms that have almost humanlike palms of five fingers and winged arms grasping a pair of serpents. With a mane like that of a lion, his forehead may sometimes be decked with a crescent.

There is another legend that also identifies Chepu (Aruna) as the elder brother of Garuḍa, and was destined to be the bravest and most virtuous of all celestial beings. But Vinata, his mother, was too impatient to wait for the natural birth of her son, and he was hatched from his egg prematurely with only his head and hands fully developed (Beer 2003, 78).
chẽछेँ[New.] n. a house.
Chinnamastāछिन्नमस्ताn. lit. the beheaded; she is one of the ten mahāvidyās. Chinnamastā represents the power of sacrifice. Although her image exists with some variations, she is described in the Tantras as follows: "Her left foot forward in battle, she holds her severed head and a knife. Naked, she drinks voluptuously the stream of the blood-nectar flowing from her beheaded body. The jewel on her forehead is tied with a serpent. She has three eyes" (Daniélou 1985: 281). Chinnamastā holds her severed head with her left hand while her right hand grasps the scimitar that she used to behead herself. Three streams of blood spurt from her severed neck, from which her severed head and her two attendants drink. Her shrine in Patan can be found in a narrow lane called Mvaḥmadu Galli ('the alley of the headless', so named after the deity). She is worshipped as Vajrayoginī by the Buddhists, whilst Tibetans know her as Ucheyma (Tib. དབུ་བཅད་མ།, Wylie. dbu bcad ma).
chusyāḥछुस्या:n. a pair of cymbals that are played with nāykhiṃ drums (Śreṣṭhācārya et al. 2054 VS: 101); see sichyāḥ.
chvaylābhūछ्वय्‌लाभूn. an initial feast (Śreṣṭhācārya et al. 2054 VS: 105); a feast that is organized ahead of the main feast.
chvāsaछ्वास[New.] var. chhwasa; n. a designated space usually marked by a large stone where certain items are ritually discarded at times of a birth or death in the family and also at times of warding off evil elements (Manandhar et al. 1986: 71) . In case of a birth in the family, a pibhyagaḥ, a clay pot that contains a piece of umbilical cord attached to the navel of a newborn baby, is ritually discarded at the chvāsa. At times of a death in the family, the clothes, mattress, bedsheet, pillow and other items used by the deceased are discarded at the chvāsa along with a set of three kaciaḥpā.
cibhāchẽ 

[to be revised]

[New.] var. cibhācheṃ; house of refuge, monastery.

cibhāḥचिभा:[New.] var. cibāhāḥcibhāḥdyaḥ; see caitya.
cibhāḥbusāḍhaṃचिभा:बुसाधंvar. cibhāḥbusādhã; anniversary of a caitya.
cibhāḥpūjāचिभा:पुजाn. a procession taken round the city to visit all the caityas of a locality after a new shrine is consecrated.
Cikaṃ Bahīचिकंबही

var. Chikan Bahi, Chikan Bahil; vernacular name of one of the major Buddhist monasteries (bahī) in Patan also known by its Sanskrit name Saptapura Mahāvihāra.

Old name [Occurance]: Cikuna Bahiri [LAL_4108_0001]

cikaṃaḥpāचिकंअ:पाvar. cikaṃappācikãappā; n. square-shaped floor tile. Sometimes cikaṃaḥpā can be triangular in shape; teliyā ĩṭā (Nep.).
Citrakāraचित्रकारn. lit. an artist, painter; the Newars caste of painters. Locally known as puṃ, Citrakāras have traditionally taken up the profession of painting idols and masks of deities, ritual pots, and even the main entrance of a private building with auspicious emblems ahead of rituals like jaṃko.
Cvabāhāḥdyaḥच्वबाहा:द्य:var. Cobāhāḥdyaḥ; n. Karuṇāmaya of Cva Bāhāḥ (Chobhar), making Cvabāhāḥdyaḥ one of the four Karuṇāmayas in the Kathmandu Valley. He is enshrined at a temple on top of the Chobhar hill. Legends tell of a grand chariot procession for Cvabāhāḥdyaḥ. However, at present, his idol is carried in a small chariot round the Cva Bāhāḥ complex; syn. Ānandādī Lokeśvara, Hyāuṃkhvāḥāḥju (var. Hyāũkhvāḥāḥju).
Cvachẽच्वछेँ

var. Cochẽ, Chwachhen; lit. house in uptown or house at an elevated area, it is a name of a place in Patan.

Old name [Occurance]: Coche [LAL_1780 _0002LAL_1700_0001]

cvakulāṃच्वकुलां

var. caukulāṃ, cakulā̃caukulā̃, cvakulā̃, cakulāarchit. n. 1) a board with which to space a pair of pillars.

2) board between post and capital.

3) secondary lintel (Gutschow et al. 1987: 33).

cvalāmūच्वलामू

n. 1) topmost part of a pinnacle (Gutschow et al. 1987: 34).

2) the five tiers on top of a sinhaḥmū; the cover of a sinhaḥmū (Mālī 1130 NS: 38).

Cābuṅgabhaṭṭārakaचाबुङ्गभट्टारकn. a medieval term that refers to Cakvāḥdyaḥ.
cākaḥdalūचाक:दलूn. lit. round lampstand; cākaḥdalū is a host of dalūs lined around a shrine or caitya on a frame of stone or wood in a manner that they surround the monument. Each dalū of cākaḥdalū is called a dalūpāḥ; see khādalū and tādalū.
cāmara / cvāmvaḥचामर/च्वाम्व:n. a fly whisk made from a yak's tail. It is one of the emblems of the aṣṭamaṅgala in the Newar tradition. The Dharmacakra (Wheel of Law) replaces the Cāmara in the Mahayana tradition.
cīra svāyचीरस्वाय्[New.] var. cira/cīra svāygu/svāyegu; v. lit. to put up clothes; is to erect cīra, which is a bamboo pole with pieces of cloths of variegated colors hung on it. The colorful pieces of cloths hung on the pole are collectively known as cīra kāpaḥ (Manandhar et al. 1986: 61). Cīra is erected mainly at palace squares of all three cities of the Kathmandu valley. The bamboo pole erected in front of the house of Kumārī in the Kathmandu Durbar Square is in the shape of a chatra. Meanwhile, the cīra erected at the Patan Durbar Square is a small tree with pieces of cloths of various colors tied to its branches. As the harbinger of the Holī festival, cīra is erected on the 8th of the bright fortnight of Phālguna. Eight days later, Holī, the festival of colors, is celebrated in the Kathmandu valley and the hill regions of Nepal on the full moon day of Phālguna. On the same night, the cīra erected a week ago is hauled down and is discarded at a designated place. The act is referred to as cīra vāy/vāygu.
cūḍākaraṇaचूडाकरण[S.] n. The eighth of the sixteen life cycle rituals (saṃskāras). The three higher varṇas must perform this on a male child's first or third year of life.
dabūदबूvar. dabuliḍabalī (Nep.); n. elevated platform in squares of Newar settlements that serves as a stage for theatrical performances and mask dances. Most of such platforms also bear a name that is given after its function or some historical events. For instance, the dabū at Patan Durbar Square is known as Kāttī Dabū, as Kāttī Pyākhaṃ (the dance exhibited in Kārtika) is performed on this dabū.
dakṣiṇāदक्षिणा[S.] var. dachiṇā, dachīnā; sacrificial fee or wage paid to the priest at the end of a ritual.
dalāṃदलांvar. dalāma, dalāndalāna; open space on ground floor (Gutschow et al. 1987: 44); ground floor with multiple bays created by pillars that also contain door leaves. Each bay is called a dalāṃkavaḥ. Most dalāṃs have now been converted into shops. The door leaves are an important distinguishing feature of dalāṃs; similar open spaces with multiple bays but without door leaves are called phalcā. Furthermore, the bays of the dalāṃ rise up from the level of the ground; phalcās, on the other hand, always have a raised platform.
darśanaदर्शन[S.] n. var. darshan; blessed view of and from any deity or an object of worship. It is the ‘auspicious sight’ of the deity, where the worshipper stands in front of the statue to see and be seen by the god (Bradley 2008: 162). The Newar religious belief takes the statues of any deity as a living embodiment of the divinity and, therefore, the statue goes through a daily routine similar to any mortal like washing his face (dekhe cāyke), offering food items for eating, etc. The statue requires to go through the imbuement of life (jīvanyāsa taygu) to be eligible for devotees to come for a darśana. As the devotee places oneself in front of the deity so that both can see each other, s/he makes a wish or offers gratitude for the deity’s benevolence on him/her usually in an inaudible manner. The sole objective of getting a darśana is to establish this connection between the devotee and the divinity. Although the act of getting a darśana is usually done in public view and, in most cases, amid a crowd, the intimacy between the worshipper and the worshipped is always maintained. The experience of darśana is commonly expressed as the act of seeing a deity or spiritually powerful person and, possibly more importantly, positioning oneself for being seen by that deity or person. By physically positioning oneself in this way while sustaining a reverential attitude, the deity's or spiritually powerful person's seeing of the worshipper constitutes a powerful, possibly protective or curative, blessing - a benedictive glance that is constitutive of divine grace. With this understanding, for example, persons suffering from disease or ghost possession may seek to view a powerful deity's image, in hopes that the darśana of the divinity - seeing and being seen - will drive out the source of their afflictions. Placing oneself in the line of a deity’s view is in itself a devotee’s main act of worship. So, they speak of ‘going for darśana’ to a local temple with this understanding (Valpey 2010: 389-390). And the continued visits to the temple usually early in the mornings over a long period of time for such a darśana are made as an attempt to maintain the intimacy between the devotee and the deity.
Dasaĩदसैँ[fr. S. Daśāha] var. DasaiṃDaśaĩ, Daśaiṃ; n. festival to worship female divinities like the nine forms of goddess Durgā, the slayer of Mahiṣāsura (buffalo demon), held over the bright half of the autumn month of Āśvina (Baḍādasaĩ/Mahādasaĩ) and, on a smaller scale, over the bright half of the spring month of Caitra (Caitedasaĩ).
daśa akuśala karmaदशअकुशल कर्मvar. daśākuśala; n. lit. ten non-righteous actions; it is a Buddhist concept that categorizes ten improper actions as non-righteous that ruin one's future. Such actions are committed by one's body, mind and speech. 1) Violence, 2) theft and 3) illicit sexual acts are three non-righteous actions that one's  body can commit; 4) greed, 5) anger and 6) superstition are the three improper actions that one's mind can commit; and 7) lying, 8) back biting, 9) harsh speech, and 10) nonsense talks are the improper actions that one can commit by the means of speech (Vajrācārya 2010: 44). It is sometimes referred to as ten non-righteous sins as well.
daśakarmaदशकर्मn. lit. the ten actions; the ten rites of passage performed amongst the Buddhist Newars. The concept behind performing these rites is to purify and consecrate a human life both physically and spiritually. Daśakarma includes the 10 ceremonial rites beginning from the birth of a baby among the Buddhist Newars in general and Vajrācāryas and Śākyas in particular. The 10 rites of passage are: 1. Jāti abhiṣeka/Jātābhiṣeka (the rites of birth), 2. Nāmābhiṣeka (naming ceremony), 3. Annaprāśanāhiṣeka (rice-feeding ceremony), 4. Cuḍākarmābhiṣeka (rites of the first initiation inducts a boy to the saṃgha), 5. Vajrābhiṣeka (rites of the second higher initiation, which authorizes the initiate to be a member of a Vajrācārya saṃgha), 6. Svayamvarābhiṣeka (matrimonial ceremony), 7. Dikṣābhiṣeka (secret initiation which entitles entry into the āgaṃ of the monastery), 8. Sthavirābhiṣeka (initiation of the āḥju), 9. Bhīmarathābhiṣeka (jaṃko), and 10. Cakreśvarābhiṣeka (initiation of casalāḥju) (Vajracharya 2010: 25-26).
daśanāmīदशनामी[S.] var. Dashnami; n. Daśanāmīs are [those who follow the order with] ten names (Johnson 2009: 94). They are commonly referred to as Sanyāsīs and have respective monastery, locally known as a maṭha, for each of the ten groups. Each maṭha is headed by a mahanta, the abbot of the monastery. Daśanāmīs are one of the two Śaiva ascetic groups that still survive with Nāthapanthīs being the other. Three other Śaiva ascetic groups, Kāpālika, Kālāmukha, and Pāśupata, have disappeared. The Daśanāmīs are the most prestigious of all ascetics. Together with Vaiṣṇava ascetics, the Daśanāmīs organized bands of fighters known as Nāgās from at least the 16th century or earlier (Lochtefeld 2002: 61). The term Daśanāmī also refers to an ascetic and monastic order said to have been founded by Śaṅkarācārya in the 8th century, but according to some scholars up to six hundred years later than that. It derives its name from a division along caste lines into ten sections (four of them specific to brahmins): Āraṇya (wilderness) and Vana (forest) based at Purī (the seat of the head of the order, the Jagadguru); Girī (mountain), Parvata (mountain), and Sāgara (ocean) at Jyotirmaṭha (near Badrinātha); Tīrtha (ford) and Āśrama (hermitage) at Dvārakā; Purī (city), Bhārati (learning), and Sarasvatī (speech), at Śṛṅgerī. Daśanāmīs, distinguished by their ochre robes and the Śaiva sectarian symbol of four horizontal white lines on the forehead, are generally renowned for their learning (Johnson 2009: 94). Śaṅkarācārya reportedly chose one Hindu sacred center in each corner of the Indian subcontinent to combat the spread of Buddhism and revitalize Hindu religion and established a Daśanāmī Sanyāsī monastic center (maṭha) to train learned monks (Lochtefeld 2002: 78).
dãkaḥmicupiदँक:मिचुपिn. a brick layer's axe (Gutschow et al. 1987: 45); tool with a blade for cutting and shaping bricks.
daḥruद:रुn. a supplementary religious function (Śreṣṭhācārya et al. 2054 VS: 172); a special religious function organised exactly a year after an important religious event such as Samyak Mahādāna. Some of these annual functions may also be called daḥru.
degaḥदेग:[New.] var. degaladyaḥgaḥ; n. lit. house of god; a temple.
degaḥjhyāḥदेग:झ्या:n. a blind window; syn. dyaḥjhyāḥgaḥjhyaḥ (Gutschow et al. 1987: 46); lit. temple window (which suggests that such windows are usually found in temples); miniature window, usually with an image of a deity at its centre, making it a blind window. These windows commonly flank a building's main entrance on the ground floor and the central window on its upper floors. Some degaḥjhyāḥs are elaborately carved, surmounted by a tympanum-like structure and adorned with decorative floral designs below. It seems that Newar artists began installing degaḥjhyāḥs on plain brick walls for aesthetic purposes.
dekhāदेखा

[fr. S. dīkṣā] (old New. dikhyā) var. dikhā, dichyā; n. 1) the initiatory mantra, consecration (Malla 2000: 220)

2) an initiatory rite undertaken by those among the Newar elite who adhere to tantricism which allows them access to the inner sanctum (āgaṃ) (Manandhar et al. 1986: 109). There are various forms of dekhā; the most common being the mantra of nhikaṃ, i.e. the early morning prayer or worship. A person receiving the nhikaṃ mantra must perform worship at their āgaṃ every day before they have anything to eat.

dekhā bīguदेखाबीगुvar. dekhā biyegu; v. to give the initiatory mantra. A wide range of dekhās for various deitites can be conducted; those who undergo these initations are then authorised to perform the worship of the respective deity on his/her own. There are other higher forms of dekhā in the Vajrayāna tradition that requires both husband and wife to be initiated together. Such dekhās mostly involve prajñā (knowledge) and upāya (compassion), which are represented by a female and male consort respectively.
desajātrāदेसजात्राn. the most important annual festival of a town or village.
desaymarujhyāḥदेसय्‌मरुझ्या:var. desaymadujhyāḥ; n. lit. a window which cannot be found anywhere else in the country; the window with eleven lintels in Nyata (Naradevī), Kathmandu. Another desaymarujhyaḥ can also be found in Patan. A finely carved window in a private house at Naḥtvāḥ is popularly known as the desaymarujhyāḥ of Patan. Although there is no desaymarujhāḥ in Bhaktapur, the mhaykhājhyāḥ (a window with a peacock) in Tacapāla also renowned for its craftsmanship.
desiaḥpāदेसिअ:पाvar. desiappā; n. a brick manufactured in a modern style.
devagṛhaदेवगृह[S.] var. devagriha; n. lit. house of god; a chamber where a deity is enshrined. Sometimes a niche of a relatively larger caitya may also be called a devagṛha.
devalaदेवल[Nep.] n. var. dewal; a temple where one or more statues of any deities are established to allow people to come for worship.
Devanāgarīदेवनागरी[S] n. the script of many Indic languages such as Sanskrit, Nepāli, Maithilī, Bhojapurī, etc. The characters are written from left to right and a straight line runs along the top of all full characters, ending with each word.
dhakiṃधकिं[New.] var. dhakina; n. curtain in general. In the religious context, a dhakiṃ is a piece of cloth usually of black, dark blue, or white in color that serves as a cover to an esoteric shrine of deities like Bhairava. The cloth usually contains paintings of a set of three wrathful eyes representing Bhairava at the center, along with figures like khyāḥkavaṃkhatvāṅgatriśūlakhaḍgakartṛkapālapātra, dog (vāhana of Bhairava), jackal, etc. A dhakiṃ usually covers a small hole or a blind window that may also contain a wall painting or metal figures of three eyes as seen on the dhakiṃ itself.
dhalĩpūjā 

[to be revised]

n. a ritual to appease the eight mother Goddesses (aṣṭamātṛkā).

dhaliṃधलिं[New.] var. dhalima; n. rafter. In the traditional Newar building architecture, rows of dhaliṃs are laid on the main wall on one end and a nināḥ on the other end. These dhaliṃs are interlocked with the beam and wall by small wooden bolts called cukaḥ/cukū. The space in between two dhaliṃs is then covered by the flooring planks called kvalāpau.
dhaliṃmvaḥधलिंम्व:var. dhalĩmvaladhaliṃmvala; n. a carved beam end (Gutschow et al. 1987: 48). The outer end of a beam, carved with the face of a lion or kuṃsuru (mythical animal such as a flying ram with a beak), etc.
dhaliṃpākhāधलिंपाखाvar. dhalĩpākhā; n. 1) lower eaves. 2) horizontal eaves joints (Gutschow et al. 1987: 48); roof laid on a series of protruding rafters that rest on a long timber (eaves plate), which itself rests on beams protruding from the wall.
dhalvataधल्वतvar. dhaloṭadhalota; n. alloy of copper and zinc (for pots and statues).
Dharmacakraधर्मचक्र[S.] n. lit. the wheel of Dharma; is a symbol widely used in Buddhism to represent the Buddha's teachings and moral order. Sometimes also translated as the Wheel of Law, Dharmacakra as a symbol is a yellow wheel with eight spokes that represent Ārya Aṣṭāṅgika Mārga (the Noble Eightfold Path). Its centre is more like a centre bore of a wheel and is divided into three parts, representing Triratna (the Triple Gem, i.e., the Buddha, the Dharma, and the Saṃgha) and also Trilakṣaṇa, the Three Universal Characteristics, that are, anitya (Impermanence), dukkha (Suffering) and anātmā (Soullessness). Dharmacakra is one of the eight auspicious emblems of aṣṭamaṅgala in Mahāyāna tradition.
dharmacakra mudrāधर्मचक्रमुद्रा[S.] n. a symbolic gesture in which the two hands are held at the heart with the tip of the thumb and index fingers of each hand touching one another whilst the other fingers are elongated. The gesture represents the turning of the wheel of dharma, as it is believed that the Buddha performed this gesture as he delivered his first sermon in Sāranātha. The gesture is also known as vyākhyāna mudra. There are several variations of this gesture. One of the variations is called bodhyaṅga mudrā and sees the finger of the left hand held by the right hand. Dharmacakra mudrā is mostly associated with Vairocana Buddha.
dharmadhātu caityaधर्मधातुचैत्यn. lit. a caitya constructed on the basis of the dharmadhātu maṇḍala. It usually is a reference to a dharmadhātu maṇḍala itself rather than a caitya of a separate kind.
dharmadhātu maṇḍalaधर्मधातुमण्डलn. a mandaḥ (maṇḍala) widely found in the monastic buildings and courtyards of the Kathmandu Valley and  may also be referred to as dhārmadhātuvāgīśvara maṇḍala. Dharmadhātu maṇḍala usually have an octagonal base with statues of eight Lokeśvaras topped by the maṇḍala upon a double-decked lotus. The central deity of this maṇḍala is Dharmadhātuvāgīśvara, from which the maṇḍala takes its name. Iconographically, Dharmadhātuvāgīśvara is seen in many forms, but he is usually represented as a deity with eight arms and four-faces. His two main hands carry a bow and an arrow, whilst the second pair holds a noose and a goad, the third a book and a sword, and the fourth a bell and a vajra. Another form depicts him exhibiting the dharmacakra mudrā with his first pair of hands instead of holding a bow and an arrow; here, the second pair also holds an arrow and a vessel instead of a noose and a goad (Bhattacharyya 1958: 103).
dharmadhātujinālaya caityaधर्मधातुजिनालयचैत्य[S.] n. a caitya with four Buddhas in the cardinal directions; see jinālaya caitya.
dhaubajiधौबजिn. beaten rice mixed with yoghurt; the Newars have a tradition of distributing dhaubaji on birthdays. On such occasions, beaten rice is mixed with yoghurt, sesame seeds and sākhaḥ (coarse and raw brown sugar) and a palmful of dhaubaji is offered, along with a coin, to the children of the locality. However, this tradition no longer appears to be practiced. There is another, similar tradition called dhaubaji nakegu (meaning 'to feed dhaubaji'), in which the mother goes to their pregnant daughter's house a few days ahead of the baby's due date to serve her dhaubaji along with sweets, other dishes and fruits. This tradition is still continued today.
dhaḥmāध:मा[fr. New. dharamā] n. the shaft used for steering a chariot (Malla 2000: 240); a shaft that passes through the chariot between the wheels and which is upturned at one end. There is always a painting of Bhailaḥdyaḥ covered by a well-made gilt copper image of the same deity on the face of the upturned part of the dhaḥmā of Buṅgadyaḥ (Red Matsyendranātha). The dhaḥmā itself is considered to represent Karkoṭaka Nāgarāja, the serpent deity who, according to a legend, stretched itself across a river from one end to another so that the King, his priest and his porter were able to cross the river with Bungadyaḥ. The water of the river had fantastical properties and turned everything that touched it into stone: as such, it was known as Śilā Nadi, the stone river. After helping the trio, the serpent deity also sought to cross the river but accidentally dipped the tip of his tail in the water. The part that touched the river immediately turned into stone and fell off. It is for this reason that the other end of the dhaḥmā does not have a pointed tip like a serpent’s tail; syn. ghaḥmā.
dhimayधिमय्var. dhime; n. large (cylindrical) two-headed drum covered with leather on both ends that is played by beating its one side by palm while the other side by a specific curved stick called dhimeykathiDhimay is always accompanied by at least a set of bhusyāḥ (cymbals) and is mostly played by the jyāpu community.
dhunīधुनी[fr. S. dhūmita] n. the fire over which a yogī heats himself.
dhusaḥधुस:n. a person skilled in extracting gold and silver out of the dust collected from a gold or silversmith's workshop (Śreṣṭhācārya et al. 2054 VS: 197); a term defining the profession of the Vajrācāryas who extract gold or silver from the dust collected from goldsmiths' workshops.
dhusaḥ2धुस:n. a day ahead of the main worship or grand fire oblation.
dhusaḥ3धुस:n. upper part of the back.
dhũsã1धुँसँn. mane of a tiger.
dhvajaध्वज[S.] n. 1) flag, banner, ensign. 2) one of the eight emblems of aṣṭamaṅgala.
dhyānaध्यान[S.] meditation; this generally refers to the section of the sādhana in which a worshipper thinks of himself as the deity he is offering his obeisance too. In the case of a novice worshipper, a teacher will provide instructions regarding the description of the deity; concentration; thought; reflection; especially profound and abstract religious contemplation; divine intuition or discernment; mental representation of the personal attributes of a deity.
dhyāna mudrāध्यानमुद्रा[S.] n. gesture of meditation in which both palms, which are placed on top of one another on one's lap, are facing up with fingers stretched while the two thumbs are raised slightly up; also called samādhi mudrāDhyāna mudrā is associated with Amitābha Buddha.
dhāmīधामी[fr. Pra. dhammi] n. oracle medium, possessed by and acting as a lineage or territorial deity. A human oracle who speaks for deities. A dhāmī is believed to embody the god and is treated with all the respect due an avatar. Through his oracles, the god is sought for advice of all kinds, but most characteristically he is valued as an arbitrator and a means for rectifying unjust decisions (Hitchcock and Jones 1976: xxiv). He could be "appointed by the state in some Tarai and inner Tarai districts to look after the people and keep the gods satisfied. Their main function was to check the depredations of wild animals, particularly tigers" (M.C. Regmi 1970 (No. 6): 148; M.C. Regmi 1978: 226; Krauskopff and Meyer 2000: 183).
dhārnīधार्नी[fr. Skt. dhāraṇī] var. dhārni; n. measure of weight equal to 12 pāu, i.e., equivalent to 2.393 kg (Pant 2002: 132).
dhārāधारा[S] n. lit. a stream or current of water, a sacred bathing-place. Dhārō in Nepali. The term dhārā is used in west Nepal to refer to fountains. A synonymous term used in the Karnali basin is mugrāhā.
dhāḥधा:n. Newar drum that looks like a nāykhiṃ, but is larger in size. It is also a double-headed drum covered with leather on both sides that does not contain khau (black tuning spot) on either side. The right side is played by a stick while the left side is played by the palm. It is played in accompany of bhusyāḥ. Dhāḥ is usually referred to as guṃlābājaṃ, the instrument played during Guṃlā, and is associated with mostly the Newar Buddhist communities; syn. dhāḥbājaṃdhāḥbājā.
digiदिगिn. a multiple-storey building of a bāhāḥ that also houses an esoteric deity and has long halls for organizing feasts.
digubhaḥ 

[to be revised]

n. vessel for keeping offering materials used by priests.

digudyaḥदिगुद्य:[fr. Old New. deguḍideguradegurideguladegulideghuri] var. debdyaḥ (vernac.), degudyaḥ, dugudyaḥ; n. patron deity of a family or clan (Malla 2000: 231). A deity collectively worshipped by a clan or all the branches of a family as their ancestors. The worship of digudyaḥ is the Newar concept of keeping one's ancestors present in this world but usually far from where the respective clan or family resides at present. The location of digudyaḥ of a particular clan or family is also understood as the place from where they originally hailed from. The annual worship of digudyaḥ is known as digupūjā. The relationship between this world and the other is renewed and reconfirmed once a year in early summer. In Bhaktapur, the shrine of a digudyaḥ is usually found near bodies of water, shrines of the mother goddesses, and on ridges. Digudyaḥ is represented by a couple of stones that also receive a blood sacrifice once a year in late April or May. In Kathmandu or Patan, either a caitya, Yogāmbara or even Caṇḍamahāroṣaṇa is worshipped as their digudyaḥ by Vajrācāryas or Śākyas. Karmācāryas worship their digudyaḥ at their āgaṃchẽ in iconic form. Other sub-castes worship stones in a variety of shapes and placement. All of these aniconic stones and iconic figures are collectively called digudyaḥ (Gutschow 2011 Vol 1: 66).
digukhalaḥदिगुखल:var. digukhala; families who worship a common patron deity.
digukhyaḥदिगुख्य:n. site (usually an open meadow) where the patron deity is enshrined. The site of digudyaḥ is the place the worshipping families or clan originally hailed from.
digupūjāदिगुपूजा[fr. old New. deghuri pujā] var. degupūjādepūjā; n. worship of the patron/lineage deity. The families of the digudyaḥ usually go to the digukhyaḥ together to collectively worship their digudyaḥ. The first digupūjā after a new bride has married into the family sees her join the worship in a bride's attire; with this, she is formally inducted into the family clan.
dillāvanegupujā 

[to be revised]

n. veneration of the goddess Ajimā on the eleventh day after a birth.

dilvahaṃदिल्वहंvar. dilhvaṃ; n. lit. a stone on which something rests. 1) foundation stone; syn. jagalvahaṃ. 2) large stone for threshing grain; syn. nhegvaḥ (Gutschow et al. 1987: 45).
Disi Pujāदिसिपुजाvar. Diśi Pūjā; n. lit. worship performed on the 10th of a lunar fortnight; disi is an old Newar term that refers to daśamī, the 10th day of the lunar calendar. Disi Pujā is an important worship performed by the Śākyas and Vajrācāryas at their private āgaṃ on the 10th and 11th of dark fortnight of Pauṣa. It is believed that after driving water out of the lake to inhabit the valley where Kathmandu is now situated, Mañjuśrī performed jalastambhana yoga in an attempt to stop water from shooting out of the ground, he received a vision of Hevajra along with his consort Nairātmā. Disi Pujā is performed in memory of that event. On this occasion, Śākyas and Vajrācāryas consume prajñābva, the samaybaji set on two catāṃmari (thick pancake made of rice flour). Disi Pujā is also referred to as Sambarodaya Daśamī.
draṅgaद्रङ्ग[S.] n. an administrative unit that existed during the Licchavi period, which constituted settlements smaller than a city and a trade center (Parājulī and Śarmā 2067: 637). A settlement which had a prescribed area and whose population was larger than a village. A number of villages comprised a draṅga (Regmi 1969: 27).
dubaḥjhyāḥदुब:झ्या:n. lit. window with an inner layer; double glazed shutters used in modern construction (Gutschow et al. 1987: 46).
durgatipariśodhana caityaदुर्गतिपरिशोधनचैत्य[S.] n. lit. caitya for the complete elimination of afflictive destinies; a caitya based on durgatipariśodhana maṇḍala, which has Śākyamuni Buddha in the dharmacakra mudrā as its central deity (Vajracārya NA: 1). The maṇḍala is based on the Sarvadurgatipariśodhana Tantra, which describes various maṇḍalas of Sarvadurgatipariśodhana cycle in detail and deals with various initiations and consecrations like the rite for pacifying, procuring prosperity, subjugating and overcoming enemies, and several rites for the dead. The teaching of Sarvadurgatipariśodhana Tantra is geared towards procuring a better rebirth for the dead and a better life for those who are living (Skorupski 1983: vii).
duthãaḥpāदुथँअ:पाvar. duthãappāduthaṃaḥpā; n. fragments of bricks used as filling material (Gutschow et al. 1987: 46).
dvādaśa tīrthaद्वादशतीर्थ[S.] var. dwadasha tirtha; n. the twelve water fords taken as sacred places for bathing that devotees visit once a month over a period of a year and observe the aṣṭamī vrata. These places are believed to be the abodes of the serpents when the Kathmandu valley used to be a lake. They were invited to return to the valley after the lake was drained. The sequence of the visit starts with Punyatīrtha (the place where pāpa–sin–is given up and puṇya–merit– is attained) at Gokarṇa on the day of Mukhaṣṭamī, the 8th of the bright fortnight of Kārtika. It ends with Jayatīrtha at the confluence of Bāgamatī and Prabhāvatī (Nakkhu River) (Gutschow 2011, vol 1: 48). The Svayambhū Purāṇa makes associations with the dvādaśa tīrtha by naming a reward for every place, an evil to be discarded, and a state of mind to be cultivated (Gutschow 2011, vol 1: 53). The 12 holy sites are 1. Puṇyatīrtha, 2. Śāntatīrtha, 3. Śaṅkaratīrtha, 4. Rājatīrtha, 5. Manorathatīrtha, 6. Nirmalatīrtha, 7. Nidhānatīrtha, 8. Jñānatīrtha, 9. Cintāmaṇitīrtha, 10. Pramodatīrtha, 11. Sulakṣaṇatīrtha, and 12, Jayatīrtha (Gutschow 2011, vol 1: 48).
dvāreद्वारेvar. dvāryā, duvāryā; n. 1) a local revenue collection official (M.R. Pant 2002: 132; M.C. Regmi 1970: 149) who can arrest offenders and try petty cases (Stiller 1981: 379). 2) a gatekeeper at the royal palace who collects certain levies (Edwards 1975: 106; M.C. Regmi 1978: 226); 3) a village headman in the Kathmandu Valley (M.C. Regmi 1970: 149).
dyaḥद्य:n. god, deity.
dyaḥ kuhāṃ bijyākeद्य:  कुहां बिज्याके[New.] v. lit. to descend a deity, is the act of bringing a deity down from her seat especially for a procession. This usually takes place at the beginning of any jātrā. The statue of any deity or any items like a mask or caitya is removed from the seat of its enshrinement and is carried down. The act is invariably followed by the accession of the statue or item on a palanquin or chariot, which is taken around the city for a procession. See dyaḥ thahāṃ bijyāke.
dyaḥ thahāṃ bijyākeद्य:  थहां बिज्याके[New.] v. lit. to ascend a deity, is the act of a deity's accession to his/her seat. This usually takes place at the end of any jātrā. The statue of any deity or any items like a mask or caitya that was taken around the city for a procession is brought back to the respective temple or dyaḥchẽ where the deity or item is enshrined back to the respective seat. See dyaḥ kuhāṃ bijyāke.
dyaḥbhuद्य:भुn. a guṭhī member's share of all the dishes served in the annual guṭhī feast.
dyaḥbvaद्य:ब्वn. a plate (usually of broad leaves sewn together) allocated for certain deities that contains all the dishes served in the annual guṭhī feast. During the feast, the dyaḥbva is served first ahead of serving the plates of the participants of the feast.
dyaḥchẽद्य:छेँ

n. 1) lit. a deity's house, a dyaḥchẽ is a building that houses any idol or masks of various deities of certain groups (e.g. aṣṭamātṛkā). Idols are taken round the city at least once a year in a procession, whilst masks are taken out of the dyaḥchẽ at least once a year and used by dancers who perform the dance of the respective group of deities. Unlike a degaḥ, where a deity is permanently enshrined, a dyaḥchẽ mostly serves as a place for idols and items of any mask dance like masks, dresses and jewelry to be stored whilst not in use. However, the four Karuṇāmayas (Matsyendranāthas) of the Kathmandu Valley are exceptions to this; though they are enshrined in a degaḥ, they are also are taken out for chariot processions.

2) the main building of a monastery that houses its main deity.

dyaḥpāḥlāḥद्य:पा:ला:[New.] var. dyaḥpāḥlāka; n. lit. [someone who] gets the turn to caretake a deity, is a person who takes turn for a stipulated period of time for caretaking a shrine, temple or a monastery. A dyaḥpāḥlāḥ has to perform all the rituals of the deity he caretakes either by himself or have a suitable person do it. Usually, it is an unpaid responsibility, but he gets to enjoy the offerings made to the deity or religious monument all the while he remains its dyaḥpāḥlāḥ. Also functioning as a temple priest, he is a guardian of a deity or a temple altogether (a function entrusted to certain castes with respect to particular temples or deities).
dāciaḥpāदाचिअ:पा[New.] var. dācīappā, dachiapa, dachiappa; n. veneer brick.
Dāgiṃदागिंn. ḍākinī; a name given to a deity revered as the mother of Lord Indra. A man impersonating her by wearing a mask leads a procession of hundreds of devotees every year during the Yẽnyāḥ festival in Kathmandu.
dāmaदामvar. dām; n. the smallest monetary unit, one-fourth of one paisā (in case of measurements of land etc.) and one-256th of one mohararupaiyā̃.
dānaदान[S.] n. lit. donation; an act of charity; it is one of the ten pāramitās (perfections) described in Buddhism that must be fulfilled in order to attain the Buddhahood. The terms 'gift', 'giving', and 'generosity' are all indicated by the Pāli and Sanskrit term dāna (Ohnuma 2007: 141). However, only the unreciprocated gift that has no visible fruit within this world can be presumed to result in an 'unseen' and transcendent reward in the form of karmic merit (puṇya) (Ohnuma 2007: 143). Such merits are the key to attain the dānapāramitā - the perfection in charity.
dāphā1दाफाvar. dāpā; n. a type of music which is played with a certain set of musical instruments including a khiṃ (a large drum), a large pipe, and large cymbals (Manandhar et al. 1986: 109). Dāphā bhajana is a genre of Hindu-Buddhist devotional singing performed by male, non-professional Newar musicians in towns and villages of the Kathmandu Valley. Dāphā is always sung by two sides of singers, who sing alternately and are accompanied by cymbals (tāḥ and jhyāli). Each group of singers sits on either side of the drummer, but they may also perform whilst walking in processions at religious festivals. They are almost invariably accompanied by the barrel-drum khīṃ (Widdess 2016: 3).
dāphā2दाफाn. a kind of khiṃ (traditional Newar drum); musical instruments used while singing devotional songs (Mālī 1130 NS: 290).
dāphākhalaḥदाफाखल:var. dāpākhalaḥ; n. a group of dāphā musicians.
dāphāpyākhaṃदाफाप्याखंvar. dāpāpyākhaṃdāphāpyākhã; n. a kind of traditional dance performance based on dāphā music.
Dīpaṅkaraदीपङ्कर

var. Dīpaṃkara; n. 1) name of one of the 28 Buddhas that the Buddhists believe have been born so far. Dīpaṅkara is the fourth among them while Gautama (Śākyamuni) Buddha is the most recent (Vajrācārya 2010: 37). Some sources mention only 25 Buddhas with Dīpaṅkara as the first; for this reason, he is also called Ādibuddha, i.e. the first Buddha. He is mostly represented in the form of a large image with a highly ornamental head, two palms, and a hollow body frame; this allows a person to clamber inside and carry the image around the city on occasions like Samyak Mahādāna. The head and two palms represent Dīpaṅkara, whilst the rest of the construction is a wooden frame covered by decorative cloths which serve as the deity's dress.

2) var. dipaṃkhā; n. the name of a rare 60-kilometer long procession to 130 sites throughout the Kathmandu Valley, starting from Nāga Bāhāḥ (LAL0930) in Patan (Michaels 2013: 324).

dū byaṃkeदूब्यंके[New.] var. du byanke; v. to be free from ritual pollution on the tenth day after a death in the family, following prescribed ablutions (Manandhar et al. 1986: 113). For the first ten to twelve days after a death, food and additional piṇḍas (offerings of rice balls) are presented to restitute the deceased's body. Their food and personal belongings are given to brahmins, funerary priests, or barbers. The legally mandated mourning period in Nepal is thirteen days. All initiated male lineage members, close agnates up to the third generation, must undergo purification. These ritually impure individuals, known as dūmāḥ, have their heads shaved and their toenails symbolically trimmed by the barber (Gutschow and Michaels 2005: 11/102/105). The duration of this death pollution period varies among Newar castes. While most observe ritual purification on the tenth day, some, primarily Buddhists, observe it on the seventh. Certain Hindu castes observe it on the twelfth day. This purification ritual involves preparing āti, a mixture of mustard seeds, dried Indian gooseberry (ambaḥ), sesame seeds (hāmvaḥ), and wheat flour. This mixture is applied to the shaven heads, along with oil cake (khau) followed by a ritual bath in a nearby sacred river. Finally, the purified individuals are sprinkled with cow's milk.
ecikaṃएचिकंvar. icikaṃ; n. diagonal latticework (Gutschow et al. 1987: 20); diagonal lattice pattern of 45 degrees found in latticed windows.
ekāएकाvar. ikāyakā; n. perforated batten (latticed window) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 20).
gadāगदा[S.] mace; an emblem usually associated with Lord Viṣṇu and Bhīmasena.
gajkathiगज्‌कथिn. measuring rod (one yard) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 27).
gajūगजू[New.] var. gajura, gajurhigajulagajuli; n. pinnacle (specially of a temple); finial; see kalaśa.
gambhāḥsĩगम्भा:सिँ[New.] var. gambasĩ, gambāḥsĩ; n. a wooden pole that is carried on the left shoulder and is struck with a small thick stick with the right hand in the manner a bell is rung during daily rituals in front of the kvāḥpāḥdyaḥ of the bāhāḥs in the Kathmandu Valley. Usually, the person sounding the gambhāḥsĩ puts on kvāḥpāḥlākāṃ and faces north; syn. gambhāḥsĩgaṃ [New.], dharmagaṇḍī (S.).
gandhakuṭīगन्धकुटी[S.] n. the main sanctum of a bahī where its gandhurī devatā is enshrined. The literal translation of the term is "the fragrant hut," denoting the room or hut (kuṭī) specifically built for the Buddha's use in the monastery commissioned by the treasurer Anāthapiṇḍika in the Jeta Grove (Jetavana) in Śrāvastī. Gandhakuṭī serves as the central unit within a building complex comprising accommodations for the Buddha and his disciples, with the entire structure designated as gandhakuṭī-parivena. Subsequently, such huts constructed for the Buddha's use in each monastery, offered to the saṃgha of monks, were commonly named gandhakuṭī (Weeraratne 1990: 296). Presently, in the Kathmandu Valley, the term gandhakuṭī applies to the primary sanctum of a bahī, while the sanctum of a bāhāḥ is termed garbhagṛha, which simply signifies a sanctum. 
gandhurī devatāगन्धुरीदेवताn. the main deity of a Buddhist bahī of bramhacarya bhikṣus (Mālī 1130 NS: 144). Bramhacarya bhikṣu is a celibate monk. However, the residents of bahīs are no longer celibate. The main deity of a bāhāḥ is never referred to as gandhurī devatā.
Ganedyaḥगनेद्य:var. Ganeydyaḥ, Ganay, Ināy; n. Lord Gaṇeśa; the deity widely revered as remover of obstacles and ensurer of auspicious beginning. He is recognizable by his head of an elephant. In any Newar worship, the presence of Ganedyaḥ is indispensable. Therefore, his presence is ensured by placing a lit sukundā with his image. He is sometimes referred to as Ināy or Inā, a short form of Vināyaka. Thainā, for instance, is the Ganedyaḥ of uptown while Kvainā (var. Kvaynā) is the Ganedyaḥ of the lower part of the city. The names Thainā and Kvainā also come from the position of Ganedyaḥ in the image. The image of Thainā has Ganedyaḥ riding on the shoulder of Bhailaḥdyaḥ, while Kvainā has Ganedyaḥ sitting below Bhailaḥdyaḥ. Buinā is another form of Ganedyaḥ carried by Bhailaḥdyaḥ in his arms.
garbhagṛhaगर्भगृह[S.] n. the sanctuary or adytum of a temple (where the image of a deity is placed) (Monier-Williams 1964: 349); the main sanctum of a bāhāḥ or bahī. In the case of a caitya, the garbha (another term for garbhagṛha) is an elongated dome and is surmounted by the eyes on the harmikā and rings surmounted by another small elongated caitya (Locke 1985: 356).
Garuḍaगरुडn. a legendary bird with an anthropomorphic form widely known as the vāhana of Lord Viṣṇu in Hinduism and Amoghasiddhi in Buddhism. Having the lower body covered in feathers, Garuḍa has a humanlike torso but with a beaked face of a bird and a pair of wings. He has two humanlike hands but his two legs are birdlike with talons. In the six-armed form, he is seen holding a kalaśa or exhibiting the namaskāra mudrā with his two principal hands held against his chest while the second pair of hands holds serpents or half-human-half-serpent beings and the third pair is spread wide together with the wings as if he is flying. Garuḍa is also regularly featured at the top of toraṇas.

 
Garuḍanārāyaṇaगरुडनारायणn. image of Lord Viṣṇu riding on the back of his vāhana Garuḍa.
garālaगरालn. wooden support for sawing lumber (Gutschow et al. 1987: 27).
gathicāगथिचा[New.] n. blackish clay (for bricks, post etc.) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 27); a special kind of clay used in making pottery (Manandhar et al. 1986: 44); a type of brownish clay of superior quality that potters use to make pottery (Mālī NS 1130: 144).
gathuगथुn. a Newar caste of gardeners usually known as Mālī, Mālākāra, Banamālā, Banamālī, Banamālākāra, Ujāḥ; hon.  Ujāḥju (Mālī 1130 NS: 38).
gathu pyākhaṃगथुप्याखंn. mask dance performed by the gathus, the Newar caste of gardeners.
gathāṃगथांvar. gathā̃; n. top post (Gutschow et al. 1987: 27); upright post supporting the roof.
gathāṃmugaḥगथांमुग:var. gathā̃mugaḥ, gathanmuga, gathemangal (Nep.); n. three-legged figure made of straw or reed stalks that is erected at crossroads on the 14th day of the dark fortnight of Śrāvaṇa; widely referred to as ghaṇṭākarṇa.
Gathāṃmugaḥ Caḥrhayगथांमुग:  च:ह्रय्var. Gathā̃mugaḥ Caḥre, Gathanmuga Charay; n. the 14th day of the dark fortnight of Śrāvaṇa that is also known as Ghaṇṭākarṇa Caturdaśī; the first festival after the completion of rice plantation when the Newars smoke evil elements out from their house. The burnt straws are disposed of at the nearest effigy of gathāṃmugaḥ, who is then pulled all the way to the nearest river in the evening and discarded. People wear an iron ring on their finger on this day with the belief that it protects them from evil spirits. As evil elements from all households are cleansed and discarded at the effigy of gathāṃmugaḥ, who is then discarded at a nearby river, it was believed that evil elements roamed the riversides on this evening. As such, this evening was perceived to be an opportune time for learning witchcraft or even practicing tantra. Stories of people gathering at riversides late in the evening to practise witchcraft feature prominently in the oral history of the Newars. Gatḥāṃmugaḥ Caḥrhay is also a harbinger of festivals, as the holy month of Guṃlā begins two days later. The earliest documentary evidence of Gathāṃmugaḥ Caḥrhay dates back to 504 NS (1384 CE) and is recorded in the Gopālarājavaṃśāvalī, which talks about the day of Gaṇṭhakarṇṇa Cavadaśa, a variation of Ghaṇṭākarṇa Caturdaśī (Vajrācārya et al. 1985: 69).
gathāṃmugaḥsāḥगथांमुग:सा:n. dove tail joint; syn. dabūsāḥgãyrāmūsāḥ (Gutschow et al. 1987: 27).
gavākṣaगवाक्ष[New. gvākha/gvākhacā] n. niche of a caitya. Usually the niches of a caitya are adorned with two pillars carrying a toraṇa. These niches then house one of the pañcabuddhas or Bodhisattvas. The niches of Licchavi caityas are usually empty, though they are framed with floral, haṃsa (geese) or makara patterns and an image of Kīrtimukha (lit. face of glory) on top.
gãtā 

[to be revised]

var. gaṃtā; n. a venerable personality.

gaḥchẽग:छेँn. house with rooms giving on to each other (Gutschow et al. 1987: 28); houses adjoining rooms accesible through a door.
gaḥguṃbāग:गुंबाvar. gaḥgumbā; n. Buddhist monastery with several rooms (Gutschow et al. 1987: 28).
gaḥjhyāḥग:झ्या:n. blind window; see degaḥjhyāḥ.
gaḥpaḥग:प:n. see kakku.
gaṃ1गं[fr. old New. gaṇṭhagaṃtha] n. bell; gong.
gaṃ2गंn. small cabinet above the inner window frame (Gutschow et al. 1987: 28).
gaṃchiगंछि[fr. S. gaṇa] var. gãchi; n. the whole group of deities, a god together with his/her vehicle and his/her own special party (Manandhar et al. 1986: 43); a term mostly used while identifying a complete group of all the deities of the respective group that accompany the main deity for the exhibition of their mask dance. For instance, the gaṃchi of Pacalī Bhairava, who is the main deity of the group that includes Siṃhinī, Vyāgrinī, Gaṇeśa, along with the aṣṭamātṛkā deities who dance together in the Pacalī Bhairava dance.
Gaṇeśaगणेशn. lit. deity of the flock or group; he is the son of Lord Śiva and Goddess Parvatī; see Ganedyaḥ.
ghauघौ(mod. New.) n. a period of one hour.
ghaḍīघडी[fr. S. ghaṭi] var. gharigharīghaṭīghaḍi; n. a measure of time equal to 24 minutes usually measured by floating a bowl with a hole on a bucket filled with water.
ghaḥcāḥघ:चा:(old New. cāka) n. 1) wheel; wheel of a chariot. 2) potter's wheel.
ghaḥkūघ:कूn. 1) axle of a chariot; syn. ā̃si (Gutschow et al. 1987: 30). 2) a wooden log having an angular edge at one end with a long handle used as a brake to stop a chariot or slightly alter its direction.
ghaḥmāघ:मा[New.] n. var. dhaḥmā; see dhaḥmā.
ghaḥphaḥघ:फ:n. pedestal for a pitcher.
ghaḥsūघ:सूn. purification ritual performed on either the 7th, 11th or 12th day of the death of a family member or kinsman.
ghaṅgalāघङ्गलाvar. ghaṃgalākhvaṃgalaghaṃsulā; n. 1) small bell, set of bells. 2) metal ornament that jingles, worn by dancers on the legs or ankles (Manandhar et al. 1986: 52). Usually a girl child is made to wear a ghaṅgalā during the ihī or jaṃko ceremony.
ghaṅgalāmāḥघङ्गलामा:var. ghaṃgalāmāḥ; n. string of small beads made of silver or silver-like alloy worn round the ankles by dancers.
ghaṅgalāphvaḥघङ्गलाफ्व:var. ghaṃgalāphvaḥghaṃgalāphvala; n. bell pattern carvings (lit. bell flowers) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 30).
ghaṇṭaघण्टn. bell; in Buddhism, this is the symbol of prajñā (the supreme knowledge/wisdom). The sound of the bell symbolises prajñā travelling great distances, just as the sound of a bell can be heard from afar. When a bell is surmounted by a vajra, it is called vajraghaṇṭa; this is a symbol of Vajrasattva (Bhattacharyya 1958: 435).
ghaṇṭākāraघण्टाकार[S.] n. lit. shape of a bell; bell-shaped part of a pinnacle.
Ghaṭasthāpanāघटस्थापनाn. establishment of ghaṭa (kalaśa) on the first of the bright fortnight of Āśvīna for the worship of Goddess Durgā for nine consecutive days.
Ghyaḥcāku Saṃlhūघ्य:चाकु संल्हू[New.] var. ghyaḥcāku saṃnhū/sãnhū, ghyachaku sanlhu; n. a minor Newar festival observed on Makara Saṅkrānti, the 1st solar day of Māgha. The Newars consume ghyaḥ (ghee) and cāku (molasses) along with black lentil, spinach, hāmvaḥgvārā (small round sweetmeat of sesame and molasses), etc. On this day, the seniormost lady of the family anoint the head of all the family members with oil (Mālī NS 1130: 167). The day is also referred to as Hāmvaḥ Saṃlhū.
guhyapūjāगुह्यपूजा[S.] n. lit. secret worship; is esoteric worship that is usually performed secretly inside an āgaṃ. It may also be performed elsewhere at pīṭha, etc. The proceedings of the worship must not be viewed by anyone not involved in the worship.
gumbajajhyāḥगुम्बजझ्या:n. arched window.
Gunpunhiगुन्पुन्हिvar. GũpunhiGuṃpunhi; n. the full moon day of Guṃlā/Śrāvaṇa (July-August) that is referred to as Janai Pūrṇimā by the non-Newars. The Newars consume kvāti, lit. a hot soup, made out of a mixture of soaked beans, pulses, peas etc. on this day. Therefore, the day is also known as Kvātipunhi.
gunpunhipyākhaṃगुन्पुन्हिप्याखंvar. gũpunhipyākhaṃ, guṃpunhipyākhaṃ; n. a seasonal play staged on the full moon day of Guṃlā (July-August).
guruगुरु[S.] n. spiritual master, mentor or teacher.
gurumandaḥगुरुमन्द:[frm. S gurumaṇḍala] var. gulumandaḥ; n. lit. the maṇḍala of the guru, it is the mandaḥ (maṇḍala) that is worshipped first before proceeding to any ritual. The worship of this mandaḥ is called gurumandaḥ danegu, which begins with the cleansing of kāya (body), vāka (speech) and citta (mind). Vajrasattva is the central deity of this mandaḥ, who represents kāyavāka and citta collectively (Vajrācārya 1120 NS: 54).
guthiगुथि[fr. S. goṣṭhī] var. guṭhagūṭhaguṭhī (Nep.); n. a community-based organization formed with a specific purpose and guided by religious and traditional norms and values. The income of land endowed by one or more donors is the financial base of a guthi for financing religious and charitable functions. A guthi was formed mostly for carrying out annual rituals of a deity or religious monument and for its upkeep. There are other guthis that deal with social activities like funeral or construction of a phalcā. With the concept of collective efforts for the greater good of the community, people used to form a guthi and strengthen it by endowing land enough to carry out rituals and other activities throughout the year. For instance, a sīguthi, also called sanāḥguthi, specifically deals with carrying out funeral procession of a deceased member, but also hosts an annual feast for its members. Likewise a guthi formed after the construction of a phalcā or shrine is responsible for observing its anniversary and carrying out renovations if needed.
guthichẽ गुथिछेँn. lit. guthi house; a community-owned building that belongs to a particular guthi such as a sanāḥguthi or a caste group like Paṃmāy (LAL4047).
guthiyāraगुथियारvar. guṭhīyāra (Nep.); n. member of a guthi.
Guṃlāगुंलाvar. Gũlā; n. the tenth month of the Newar lunar calendar (July/August); holy month of the Buddhists. Many devotees throng Buddhist shrines early in the morning playing traditional drums and cymbals. Dāphā bhajanas are performed in many localities and temples. Phalcās come to life in the evenings, as the locals perform devotional songs throughout the month. Many people abstain from consuming meat and alcoholic drinks. Bahīdyaḥ bvaygu, the annual exhibition of rare items, is the main attraction of this month. Rare items, idols, scriptures and relics are put on display at both bāhāḥs and bahīs for about two weeks starting from the second week of the month.
guṃlādharmaगुंलाधर्मn. religious activities performed within the holy month of Guṃlā, for instance, visiting Buddhist monasteries and shrines early in the morning accompanied by traditional drums and cymbals or abstaining from consuming meat products and alcoholic drinks.
Guṭhī Lagata Jā̃ca Aḍḍāगुठीलगत जाँच अड्डाn. office responsible for managing the records of the guṭhīs working under the head of the Guṭhī Bandobasta Aḍḍā also referred to as the Guṭhī Administration Office, an office responsible for the management of guṭhīs. It wascreated before August 1908 under PM Candra Śamśera Rāṇā as part of his administrative reforms (Regmi 1984: 12).
gvadāḥग्वदा:n. wooden frame for a large number of ceremonial wick lamps (Gutschow et al. 1987: 29).
gvalgulāṃग्वल्गुलांn. rounded chisel (carving) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 29).
gvasyāḥग्वस्या:var. gosyāḥ; n. main leader of a guthi.
gvay palāḥ chikeग्वय्पला: छिके[New.] var. gvay palāḥ chikegu; v. A ritual walk of seven steps taken by a boy during the initiation rituals like bare chuigukaytāpujā or ihī ceremonies wearing ritual slippers known as kvāḥpāḥlakāṃ. Each step is taken on a piece of gvay (betel nut) and lavaṃ (clove) placed on a gvāḥhaḥ (betel leaf) (Mālī NS 1130: 158).
gvaydāṃग्वय्‌दांvar. gvaydā̃; ritual offering of betel nut, a coin, and rice before initiating a big religious ceremony. Usually, a kisalī is offered to a particular deity. This ritual of offering a kisalī is known as gvaydāṃ taygu.
gvaykvacāग्वय्‌क्वचाn. betel nut design on door frame or window frame that symbolize welcome or auspicious opening.
gvaykāybhvayग्वय्‌काय्‌भ्वय्n. ceremonial feast marking the formal engagement of one’s daughter.
gvãgaḥkvaग्वंग:क्वn. wall bracket (part of the outer window or door frame with figural designs) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 29).
gvaḥdhaliṃग्व:धलिंn. rough beam (Gutschow et al. 1987: 29).
gvaḥdhāḥग्व:धा:n. chisel with rounded edge (Gutschow et al. 1987: 29).
gvaḥjhyāḥग्व:झ्या:n. round window (Gutschow et al. 1987: 29).
gvaḥjāग्व:जाn. a small item of offering during worships that is made in a conical shape out of moistened cvakābaji (broken pieces of baji) to take the shape of a gajū or caitya. The tip of about 3 centimeters tall gvaḥjā is colored by dipping it into vermillion powder. There are larger gvaḥjās that are used in special worships. They are also made in conical shape that are usually about 2 feet tall, but cooked rice is used instead of cvakābaji.
gvaṃग्वंn. a person who cremates a dead body by profession.
gvaṅgaḥaḥpāग्वंग:अ:पाvar. gvaṅgaḥpā; n. lit. rooster brick; tile having the shape of a bird used at the corner of a protruding roof.
gvārāग्वाराvar. gvarā; n. the original meaning is unclear, but it is the main hymn of praise dedicated to a particular deity that is performed before singing a cāliṃ. The lyric of a gvārā song is usually very short but the same lyric is repeated a number of times in different tālas (rhythms). The tālas used in a gvārā are of unique character, as they do not conform to any of other tālas popularly used in bhajanas. Therefore, it is a heterometric song that is performed continuously in many rhythmic variations with the same lyric. The tāla of a gvāra is always much longer than the lyric that is performed without any possibility of a pause in between. If a person playing the khiṃ instrument misses a beat in between a gvārā performance, only a seasoned player is able to catch the rythm again, as the tālas keep changing and never repeated. There are no separate names given to tālas used in gvārā; they are simply known by the name of the deity the gvārā is dedicated to. For instance, Jayanti Bhairava Gvārā, etc. Cāliṃ is another form of devotional song that is sung in a single tāla with a longer lyric, but the tempo of the tāla may vary in between.
gā1गाn. 1) cover, 2) shawl.
gā2गाvar. gāḥgāka; n. suffix used with the Newar names of the lunar months to denote the dark fortnight (kṛṣṇapakṣa); see thva.
gāḥhitiगा:हितिn. enclosed space of a fountain (Gutschow et al. 1987: 28).
gāḥjhyāḥगा:झ्या:n. window with three openings (Gutschow et al. 1987: 28).
haimāहइमाn. 1) the left side of a Newar drum that does not contain khau (black tuning spot). 2) the god of mood, terrific aspect of Nāsaḥdyaḥ (Śreṣṭhācārya et al. 2054 VS: 345); proper name of a god or spirit, complementary to the Nāsaḥdyaḥ, and just as the latter usually manifested in the shape of a hole in walls (Gutschow et al. 1987: 77).
halimali bvaygu / halamalaḥ pāsā bvayguहलिमलि ब्वय्‌गु / हलमलः पासा ब्वय्‌गु[New.] v. to make figures by laying out grain of various hues on straw mats (Manandhar et al. 1986: 275); to exhibit various kinds of figures made out of dry-heated grains and legumes on Sakimanā Punhi. The figures made on the occasion include a caityakalaśa, or images of various deities. In Bhaktapur, such an exhibition is known as nasa bvaygu.
haliṃpatāḥहलिंपता:var. halipatā; n. lit. the banner of the world, it is called viśvadhvaja in Sanskrit. It is the banner that is strung from the top of the yaḥsĩ erected during the Biskāḥ Jātrā in Bhaktapur.
haliṃpauहलिंपौ/हलिंपउ[New.] var. haliṃpati; n. the shield in the caitya architecture. It is placed above the roof cornice of cakū/harmikā. Haliṃpau generally covers the lower two to four tiers of the trayodaśabhuvana spire. It is not seen on Licchavi caityas, but occur on all śikharakūṭa caityas. For more on haliṃpau, see Gutschow 1997: 21.
Hanumānहनुमान्[S.] n. Hanumān, a demigod manifested in a monkeylike form (vānara), is predominantly recognized for his ardent service to Rama, the seventh incarnation of Viṣṇu and the central figure in the epic Rāmāyaṇa. Bearing the epithet pavanaputra, signifying his lineage as the son of Pavana, the wind deity, this nomenclature is often metaphorically interpreted to underscore his exceptional speed and aerial prowess. Descriptions depict him as vast as a mountain and as tall as a gigantic tower. His complexion radiates a golden yellow glow, akin to molten gold, and his complexion is as red as the brightest ruby. His enormous tail extends to an immeasurable length (Dowson 2000: 120-121).
Maintaining a celibate disposition, Hanumān is frequently portrayed adorned in a tightly bound loincloth, symbolizing restrained sexuality. Renowned as the patron deity of wrestlers, he embodies both energy (śakti) and devotion (bhakti). The epic Rāmāyaṇa accentuates Hanumān's immense physical strength and unwavering dedication to Rāma. However, in contemporary times, he is more widely revered as an easily appeased intermediary, renowned for his role as a facilitator and problem solver. Additionally, he is acknowledged for providing access to the more remote deity Rāma, leading to the common observation that there are now more shrines dedicated to Hanumān than to Rāma (Brockington 2008: 284-285).
Haribodhinī Ekādaśīहरिबोधिनीएकादशी[S.] var. Haribodhini Ekadashi; n. lit. the awakening 11th of Hari, is the day when Lord Viṣṇu is believed to awaken from his sleep for four months. Hari is one of the many epithets of Lord Viṣṇu. The day falls on the 11th of the bright fortnight of Kārtika. It is considered to be the most important ekādaśī (the 11th lunar day) among the 24 ekādaśīs in a year and is sometimes referred to as the great ekādaśī. In Purāṇas, it is mentioned that Lord Viṣṇu goes for a deep sleep on Hariśayanī Ekādaśī, the 11th of the bright fortnight of Āṣāḍha, for four months and awakens on this day. While most of the Vaiṣṇava devotees observe partial religious fasting, taking only one frugal meal of ‘clean food’ – fruits, sweets, milk – but many undergo complete abstinence, consuming not even a single drop of water on this day (Anderson 1971: 175). No auspicious rituals like marriage and initiation are not performed during these four months. The tulasī plant is also worshipped on this day. People plant tulasī on Hariśayanī Ekādaśī. It grows considerably in four months and is worshipped with fire oblation, japa (constant repetition of a mantra or god's name), etc. on this day. People also marry the tulasī plant with the pipal tree, the sacred fig (ficus religiosa).
Hariśayanī Ekādaśīहरिशयनीएकादशी[S.] var. Harishayani Ekadashi; n. lit. the sleeping 11th of Hari, is the day when Lord Viṣṇu is believed to go to a deep sleep for four months on śeṣaśaiyyā, the bed of Śeṣa Nāga. Hari is one of the many epithets of Lord Viṣṇu. The day falls on the 11th of the bright fortnight of Āṣāḍha. During this long vacation from his mighty, worldwide responsibilities, Viṣṇu sleeps dreamlessly reclining on the coiled body of an enormous cobra, S̀eṣa Nāga (Anderson 1971: 176). He then awakens on Haribodhinī Ekādaśī, the 11th of the bright fortnight of Kārtika. No auspicious rituals like marriage and initiation are not performed during these four months. People take vows and observe fast on this day. Many devotees plant tulasī on this day and worship it every day for the next four months. On Haribodhinī Ekādaśī, people offer an oblation of fire to tulasī and organize a marriage ceremony of tulasī with the pipal tree.
harmikāहर्मिका[S.] n. gala (New.); cube that serves as the base of the finial of a caitya. Each of the four faces of the cube is carved with a pair of eyes depicting vajradṛṣṭi (Adamantive View) and the ūrṇa, the curl of hair that grows between the brows, which signifies mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇa–the trait of nobility and illumination (Gutschow 1997: 21). In caityas, the ūrṇa usually takes a shape of a curl heading upward or going downward in between the eyes seemingly replacing a nose; see cakū.
Haugaḥ Bāhāḥहौग:  बाहा:

var. Hauga Baha; n. a Buddhist monastery in Patan that lies few meters south from Mangal Bazaar to the west of the street to Lagankhel.

Old name [Occurance]: Hastināgala Mahāvihāra; Hastināga Vihāra [Locke 1985, 229]; Hātīgala Vihāra [LAL_2670_0008]

hãkhiहँखि[New.] n. thread to mark a line on wood (Gutschow et al. 1987: 77); an instrument used to mark a line on timber.
hãkhitaḥहँखित:[New.] var. hãkhitala; n. line on wood (Gutschow et al. 1987: 77).
hegāहेगाvar. lhegā (?); n. outer garment (made of metal) of a statue.
hiphaḥdyaḥहिफ:द्य:n. lit. deity who receives blood; deity who accepts animal sacrifice.
hitiहिति[New.] var. itiyiti (Old New.), hiṭī (Nep.); n. water spout; a hiti is made of stone but may also have an artistic covering of gold or silver. A hiti covered with gold sheet is called lũhiti (golden spout). If there are more than one spouts at its complex, then the spout with a stone image of Bhagiratha below is considered the main hiti. A hiti complex usually contains a caitya and a śivaliṅga as well. Hiti is an example of ancient Newar engineering that brought water from a faraway source to a place where water is needed through a complex intra-canal system. The source of water of most of the hitis in the Kathmandu valley is not known. Water is transferred from the source through a narrow canal built under the ground maintaining the right amount of slope for the water to flow through. The water flowing through the canal is then met with sharp 90° turns at regular intervals that allow sedimentation of solid particles. Every turn has a small pit filled with fine particles of sand that functions as a filter. Such filters are installed at regular intervals throughout the canal as well. Due to the construction of multi-storey buildings that require going further down for foundation, such intra-canal systems have been destroyed, causing hitis to stop flowing. Some of the famous hitis of the Kathmandu valley are Lũhiti (Kathmandu, Patan and Bhaktapur), Sahasrahiti (Pharping), Nīnidhāḥhiti (Bālāju), Gudhāḥhiti (Godāvarī), Nhaydhāḥhiti (non-existing), Nyādhāḥhiti (Hā̃ḍigāũ), Svadhāḥhiti (Jamal), etc. (Śākya 1994: 33-36).
hitidũ 

[to be revised]

var. hitiduṃ; n. system of pipes feeding a water conduit.

hitigāḥहितिगा:[New.] n. walled depression on the ground made for a hitiThe concept of hitigāḥ is similar to a stepwell, as the source of water (a hiti in this case) is reached by descending a few steps.
hitimaṃgaḥहितिमंग:var. hitimaṅgaḥ; artistic spout of water conduit. Hitimaṃgaḥ, a water creature, is the vāhana (animal mount) of Varuṇa, the deity usually worshipped when there is a shortage of water. Hitimaṃgaḥ is the most important part of a hiti, as its open mouth is the outlet through which the water comes out. The creature is described as having a mouth and trunk like that of an elephant, eyebrows like flames, a set of teeth with canine teeth as well, horns turning backwards, wings for flying, a pair of legs and a tail like that of a yak (Śākya 1994: 24). The elongated spout serves as its body covered in elaborately carved foliage design. There is a creature, usually a lizard, on top of hitimaṃgaḥ that serves as cover.
hitimaṃgaḥbājaṃ 

[to be revised]

var. hitimaṅgaḥbājã; kind of wind instrument similar to a water spout.

hitiphvaḥहितिफ्व:n. tap, faucet.
hitipusāहितिपुसा[New.] n. lit. cover of hiti, is a piece of stone usually carved into the shape of a lizard or any of reptiles that is used as a cover of the part that is behind the upturned snout of makara and contains a channel for the water to flow from the protruding spout of a hiti.
Hāratīहारतीvar. Hārati Mātā, Hāritī Ajimā; n. Goddess Hāratī; a Buddhist deity who protects children from illness. She was born in the yakṣa (semi-divine being) clan and was persuaded by the Buddha to protect children especially from smallpox. There is a shrine of Hāratī at the Svayambhū Caitya premise where a sitting image of her with five children can be seen. She sits with her left leg bent and the right leg stepping down on a lotus. Her left hand holds a child on her lap while her right hand can be seen exhibiting a varada posture. In Hindu tradition, Goddess Śitalā is also worshipped with similar objective and she is also seen with children in her images in Nepal.
hāthu hāykeहाथुहाय्‌केvar. hāthu hayekehāthvã hāyke; v. to discharge thvã (fermented beer) (sometimes aylāḥ as well) from a spout protruding from the mouth of Hāthudyaḥ for the people to drink during the Yẽnyāḥ festival. Hāthu is the alcoholic drink (aylāḥ or thvã) that is discharged through the mouth of Hāthudyaḥ. The drink is directly consumed from the spout by opening one's mouth wide, which is known as hāthu hāye (Mālī NS 1130: 599). Hāthu hāyke is mostly observed at a phalcā, where Hāthudyaḥ is put on display exclusively for observing the tradition.
Hāthudyaḥहाथुद्य:n. head image of ājudyaḥ, a form of Bhailaḥdyaḥ, that are put on display during the Yẽnyāḥ festival. Some of these wrathful images are very large like those in Hanumānaḍhokā and Vaṃghaḥ (Indra Choka) in Kathmandu. Smaller images are also displayed at various places of the Kathmandu valley. Hāthudyaḥ is usually a large pot with a wrathful image in front. The pot is filled with alcoholic beverages, usually thvã (fermented beer), and a spout is attached to the mouth of the image. People throng such images to drink the beverage discharged from the spout; syn. Hārkhāṃdyaḥ.
ichẽइछेँn. rectangular house (Gutschow et al. 1987: 20).
icikāइचिकाvar. īcikāecikā; n. 45-degree grillwork (window) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 20); battens are joined with one another so that they overlap diagonally in a latticed window; see ecikaṃ. The grillwork with 90-degree rectangular pattern is called mācikaṃ.
icikājhyāḥइचिकाझ्या:var. īcikājhyāḥitikājhyāḥecikaṃjhyāḥ; n. latticed window with 45-degree diagonal grillwork (see also icikā); latticed window with its battens fixed onto one another to overlap diagonally.
ihīइहीn. a pre-puberty ritual marriage of a Newar maiden with Suvarṇa Kumāra (lit. Golden Boy), who is mostly regarded as Viṣṇu or Kubera by the Hindus and the Buddha or Jambhālā (a Buddhist equivalent of Kubera) by the Buddhists. The divine bridegroom, therefore, has no clear and generally accepted identity (Gutschow and Michaels 2008: 159-160). A bel fruit (aegle marmelos) remains a witness of the event. Some, however, consider Viṣṇu to be present in the bel fruit and the girl's marriage actually takes place with the fruit itself. Ihī is more of an initiation or vratabandha of a girl rather than a marriage ritual. It confers the girl lineage and caste membership, and she becomes not only marriageabale candidate but also a member of her father's lineage group or phukī, the extended family (Gutschow and Michaels 2008: 164). It is believed that a Newar girl is not widowed even after her human husband, i.e., the second husband, dies due to the ihī ritual, her first marriage to Suvarṇa Kumāra. This, however, is untrue in practice, as Newar women observe a year of mourning period after her human husband dies.
ikhuṃइखुंn. anim. swallow.
ikhā or ikhāchẽइखा / इखाछेँvar. īkhā; n. 1) house of rectangular ground plan. 2) name of localities in Patan: Ikhā is the alley between the Ikhālakhu square and Haugaḥ; Ikhāchẽ is the locality north of Nāga Bāhāḥ near Ālko Hiti (LAL0990).
ikhāpukhūइखापुखूn. 1) rectangular pond. 2) name of a pond near Chetrapāṭī, Kathmandu.
ikāइकाvar. ekāyakāyãkāmākā; n. slotted batten (grillwork) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 20).
ileइलेvt. 1) to smear, to besmear. 2) to paint, to white-wash. 3) to apply oil or ointment.
Ilā Naniइलाननि

var. Ilanani; a courtyard situated in between Kvāḥ Bāhāḥ and Nāga Bāhāḥ (LAL0930) in Patan. The name Ilā Nani comes from Ināyalaṅhe, the old name of the courtyard that means 'a rectangular yard right behind Ināy'. A phalcā with an idol of Ganedyaḥ facing west stands at the north-western corner of the courtyard with an adjoining yard to its back.

Old name [Occurance]: Ināyalaṅhe [LAL1100_I_001/LAL1100_I_002]

ilāṃइलां[fr. old New. irānayirāna] n. canopy of metal or cloth spread right on top of a deity. A large piece of cloth spread tightly across the ceiling to cover the rafters in a room is also called ilāṃ.
Ināyइनाय्var. Inā, Ināydyaḥ; n. Lord Gaṇeśa; derivative of Vināyaka; see Ganedyaḥ.
ināydālūइनाय्‌दलूn. dalū (traditional oil lamp) with an image of Gaṇeśa. Usually made of brass or clay, a dalū is actually a lampstand that has slightly concaved round or oval surface where one can pour oil, put a cotton wick and light its tip. Ināydalū is sometimes also used as a sukundā in rituals and worships.
itāḥइता:n. cotton wick; cotton balls are handspun into a thin, long thread that is folded five times at a finger's length and then twisted after separating it from the thread to make a cotton wick. Such wicks are mostly used for regular worships and on sukundāItāḥ is also made out of thin white cotton cloth rolled into the shape of a small stick that are mostly used in ghyaḥdevā (butter lamps). Similar itāḥ of cotton cloth but with a length of one's face is called khyaluitāḥ (lit. wick of a length of one's face) and is used during Mhapujā, the ritual worship of the self.
iṣṭadevatāइष्टदेवता[S.] n. a chosen tutelary deity, favourite god, one particularly worshipped (Monier-Williams 1964: 169).
jajaṃkāजजंकाvar. jajaṅkājajãkājajamakā/jajomakā (Old New.); n. small garland of three rounds of sacred white thread that is about the size of a wrist. A small piece of red cloth attached to it is called jajaṃkānāyaḥJajaṃkā is offered to deities, mandaḥs and rituals vessels. It is a bundle of thread that symbolizes dress of an enlightened being that is used as an object of offering to the Buddhist monks during alms-giving ceremonies (Vajracharya et al. NA: 13). A large garland of multiple rounds of sacred thread to be worn around the neck during Mhapujā (the ritual worship of the self) and Kijāpujā (the ritual worship of brothers by sisters) is called mhajajaṃkā.
Jala Pyākhaṃजलप्याखं[New.] var. Jala Pyakhan; n. lit. dance of Jala. Jala Pyākhaṃ is a significant masked dance from Jala—a town also known as Harisiddhi—belonging to the classical Newar dance-drama tradition. Regarded as the oldest and most renowned dance-drama of Nepal (Iltis 2011: 30), its greatness has been extolled in chronicles with the declaration, "In the universe, there is no dance equal to that of Harasiddhi" (Nepālikabhūpavaṃśāvalī 2016, 12.191). Although commonly called Harisiddhi, locals assert that the correct name is Harasiddhi—derived from Hara (Śiva) and Siddhi (Pārvatī, Śiva’s consort). While no historical records definitively date the dance’s origin, chronicles state that the deity Harisiddhi was brought to Nepal in the form of Triśakti by King Vikramāditya from Ujjayana in Madhyadeśa in 426 BCE (Kaligata era 2675), marking the beginning of various dramatic performances in Nepal (Nepālikabhūpavaṃśāvalī 2016: 12.189; Śarmā VS 2025: 5). Most chronicles (Yogī Naraharinātha VS 2013: 68; N. Pauḍela VS 2020: p. 64; Ā. Vajrācārya NS 1102: 64) concur on 426 BCE as the year of the deity’s arrival, though P. Kasā (NS 1084: 6) cites 141 BCE (Kaligata era 2969). It is likely that Jala Pyākhaṃ began sometime after the deity’s introduction. The earliest documented reference to Jala Pyākhaṃ appears in the Gopālarājavaṃśāvalī—the most reliable of Nepalese genealogies—which records a 12-year performance of the dance in Bhaktapur in 1378 CE (NS 498). Here, it is termed "Āśirhi Pyākhana" (Vajrācārya & Malla 1985: folio 57B), as it dramatizes the tale of Pārvatī slaying the demons (asura) Caṇḍa and Pracaṇḍa (H. Jośī VS 2070: 978–990). Jala Pyākhaṃ is performed biannually: on the full moon day of Mārgaśīrṣa and the full moon day of Phālguna. The dance takes place on the dabū in front of the temple. The dance features scenes centered on Vikramāditya, the aṣṭamātṛkās (eight mother goddesses), and various other deities, along with episodes from the Rāmāyaṇa (S. Maharjana VS 2065: 38). Originally, the performance spanned three months—from the full moon day of Mārgaśīrṣa to the full moon day of Phālguna. However, the extended duration began disrupting the daily lives of both the performers and local residents, leading to a decline in public interest—so much so that, as noted humorously, even dogs ceased to attend (Iltis 2011: p. 30). Consequently, the dance was condensed, and now only its core segments are performed over two days (S. Maharjana VS 2065: 37–38). Interestingly, the dialogue in the dance is not delivered in the Newar language but in an enigmatic tongue called dyaḥbhāy ("the language of the gods"), which remains unintelligible to the audience (Iltis 2011: 30).
jaladroṇīजलद्रोणी[S.] n. a water bucket (Monier-Williams 1964: 415).
jalaharīजलहरीn. square or round base of a śivaliṅga that has an elongated passage for the milk or holy water offered to the śivaliṅga to flow out.
Janabāhāḥdyaḥजनबाहा:द्य:n. Karuṇāmaya of Kathmandu from among the four in the Kathmandu Valley. He is enshrined at a temple in Jana Bāhāḥ in Kathmandu. His chariot festival starts from Jamal and ends at Lagaṃ Ṭola. He is also known as Āryāvalokiteśvara and White Matsyendranātha.
janaiजनैvar. janājunā; n. Sacred Thread. According to the Brahmanical scriptures, the Sacred Thread is worn diagonally by the twice-born of the three upper castes. The Sacred Thread of an Upādhyāya Brahmin whose parents are dead has 9 strands (ḍorā), whose parents are alive, 6 strands; of a Jaisī Brahmin, 6 strands; of a Chetrī, 3 strands. The Mulukī Ain of 1854 defines that the people who are entitled to put on the Sacred Thread belong to the Sacred Thread-wearing Caste.
japaजप[S.] var. jap; n. muttering prayers, repeating in a murmuring tone passages from scripture or charms or names of a deity (Monier-Williams 1964: 412).
javāजवाvar. java; n. an area measurement unit equal to 22.5 hāta (cubit) (Ain-54 5.38-40). It is equal to 1/4th of a ropanī.
jaymāṃजय्‌मां[fr. S. yajamāna] var. jajamāna/jajumāna (Old New.); n. donor, client of a priest (Malla 2000: 141). The person who pays the cost of a sacrifice or the institutor of a sacrifice who, to perform it, employs a priest or priests, who are ofter hereditary functionaries in a family (Monier-Williams 1964: 839).
jaḥdhuṃज:धुं[fr. old New. jaladhunajaladhuni] var. jaḥdhũ, jarhũ, jaḥrhuṃ; n. water tap fed by a tank decorated with breast-like protrusions on the face of the stone plate above the spout (Manandhar et al. 1986: 280). It is a manmade water tank usually constructed on roadsides for the people passing by to drink water from. Built specifically for the purpose of drinking, a jaḥdhuṃ contains a stone water trough that has a spout in the shape of a woman's breast. Local belief portrays drinking water from a jaḥdhuṃ as drinking mother's milk. The water is filled manually into the stone trough. A jaḥdhuṃ can be free standing, attached to a wall of a private house, temple or monastery, or it can be found in a hiti (stone water spout) complex. One of the earliest records of a jaḥdhuṃ is from Subāhāḥ (LAL1920). This jaḥdhuṃ is no longer in existence, but its one-line inscription was dated 187, which is Mānadeva Era that corresponds to 763 CE. The jaḥdhuṃ was attached to a wall in front of a well east of the Subāhāḥ complex (Tevārī et al. 2020 VS: 22). Almost all of the jaḥdhuṃs are non-functional these days except a very few like the one at Tangaḥ, Patan, which is also the biggest jaḥdhuṃ in Patan that has a capacity of around 2,200 liters of water (Furukawa et al. 2010: 121); syn. jaḥdhuṃhiti.
jaḥdhuṃhitiज:धुंहिति[New.] var. jaḥdhũhitijarḥũhitijaḥrũhiti n. see jaḥdhuṃ.
jaḥsiज:सिvar. jarasi / jalasi / jalaśī (Old New.); n. large cooking pot with deep round basin similar to a cauldron, but made of copper with rings on two sides for carrying it. It is mostly used for cooking meat items in large quantity over an open fire; syn. khāsi.
jaṃkoजंको

[New.] var. jaṃku, jaṅku, jaṃkva, janku, janko, jamko; n. 1) rice-feeding ceremony of a child performed at the age of 5 months in case of a girl child and 6 months in case of a boy. The ritual locally referred to as jā nakegu (lit. to feed rice) is also known as macā jaṃko.

2) series of Newar old age rituals also known as jyāḥ jaṃko performed at a specific age. The first old age jaṃko is performed at the age of 77 years, 7 months, 7 days. Locally known as nhāpāṃ jaṃko, the Sanskrit term for it is Bhīmarathārohaṇa. The second jaṃko locally known as nikaḥ jaṃko is performed when one gets to observe a thousand full moons. Therefore the ritual is known as Sahaśracandrarathārohaṇa or Sahaśracandradarśana. This occurs somewhere between 81 to 84 years of age, depending on whether one counts full moons of intercalary months or not. The third jaṃkosvakaḥ jaṃko, is performed at the age of 88 years, 8 months, 8 days. It is also known as Mahārathārohaṇa. The fourth and fifth jaṃkos are rare. The fourth jaṃkopyakaḥ jaṃko, is performed at the age of 99 years, 9 months, 9 days. It is also known as Devarathārohaṇa. The fifth one, nyākaḥ jaṃko, is only heard about in oral accounts and is supposedly performed at the age of 110 years, 10 months, 10 days. This ritual also known as Mahādevarathārohaṇa has not been performed so far in living memory. If both husband and wife are living, the jaṃko ritual is performed on both when the husband reaches the designated age disregarding the wife's age. In case a wife is already widowed, she goes through these rituals when she reaches the designated age.

jeriजेरिn. sweet made of thick paste of dough in the shape of the blossom of a flower that is deep-fried in ghee and dipped into caramelized sugar. It is usually eaten with svāḥri, a thin flat piece of dough deep-fried in ghee.
jhallaraझल्लरn. 1) frill. 2) frill pattern (carving); syn. libiṃhalphā (Gutschow et al. 1987: 38).
jhĩgaṭīझिँगटीvar. jhiṅaṭi; n. tile for roofing; New. ā̃ypā.
jhyāliझ्यालिvar. jhyālicā, jhyālīcā; n. a pair of small cymbals of thin metal sheets that is played by hitting each other during bhajanas. A number of such cymbals may also be attached to a pair of tongs and is also called cimtā in the Indian tradition. Together with tāḥ, jhyāli accompanies khiṃ drum during musical performances; syn. bamūcā, khvāymari, khvāymali, khvāymalcā, khvālimāli.
jimmāvālaजिम्मावालvar. jimavāla, jimmavāla, jimvāla; n. a chief contractor (ṭhekedāra) who, before the introduction of the land administration, collected revenues from the lands in the hill region and submitted them to the government (Parājulī et al. VS 2067: s.v. jimmāvāla).
jinālaya caityaजिनालयचैत्यn. lit. a caitya that is home to jina (the Buddha); caitya that has the images of the pañcabuddha (except Vairocana) featured prominently. Images of Akṣobhya (east), Ratnasambhava (south), Amitābha (west) and Amoghasiddhi (north) can be seen occupying a major portion of the caitya that has a relatively smaller dome on top.
jogiजोगि[fr. S. yogin] var. jugijogī; n. 1) ascetic, religious mendicant; especially a follower of the Nātha tradition. 2) a caste-based community of the Newars also referred to as Kusle. The caste-based occupation of the Newars in the traditional social set up also needs to be noted here. The jogi community with the castes Darśandhārī or Kapālī lived in sataḥ (sataḥchẽ) built in almost every tvāḥ or ṭola. They kept records of new births and deaths in the families of the neighborhood. The social responsibilities of the jogi community include receiving the offerings from the families that are observing the purificatory rites after any new birth or death in the family. The jogi community is offered nhaynumābva (a set of all the dishes prepared for the feast during the purificatory rite of the 7th day of the death in the family), sībva (similar set of dishes especially dedicated to the deceased), etc. (Mālī 1130 NS: 223).
jogīcakraजोगीचक्रn. 1) special worship performed by the Kusles or jogīs in front of the house usually on the fifth or seventh day of death in the family. A wide variety of food items are prepared by the daughter/s of the deceased, which are then offered on small plates made of leaves. The offerings are separated into two sets: one to be fed to the crows while the other to the preta.Jogīs are invited to perform the jogīcakra worship in front of the house. Jogīs put the food items inside a bhyagaḥ, a potbellied earthen pot, placed on a seat made of thick rings of straw to perform this worship. Nyānumā is the vernacular term for the ritual if it is performed on the fifth day and nhaynumā if performed on the seventh day (Munaṃkarṃī VS 2046, p. 25-26). 2) worship performed by the kanaphaṭṭā jogīs by offering a sacrifice of a duck to a certain deity or an object of worship. They also perform the worship in a similar manner but employ a series of earthen pots placed on a seat made of thick rings of straw in the process (Munaṃkarṃī VS 2046, p. 29).
jvalānhāykaṃज्वलान्हाय्‌कंvar. jvālānhāykaṃ; n. ceremonial mirror of brass or silver encircled by flames. It is a symbol of perfect wisdom. A jvalānhāykaṃ is shown to the kvāḥpāḥdyaḥ, the main deity of a monastery, and also to the devotees during the early morning rituals. During kalaśapujās, a jvalānhāykaṃ is always accompanied by a sinhaḥmū, a pot used as a container for vermillion powder.
jvālāज्वाला[S.] n. flame.
jvālāvali caityaज्वालावलिचैत्य[S.] var. jvalāvalījvalāvali; n. a type of caitya with the circular frieze of flame motifs. The first structure of this type of caitya was built in 1831 at Bāpunani, a courtyard near Hakhā in Patan (Gutschow 1997: 278).
Jyeṣṭhaज्येष्ठ[S.] var. Jeṭha (Nep.); n. name of a month (May-June), the month in which the full moon stands in the constellation Jyeṣṭhā.
jyāpuज्यापु[New.] var. jyāpū; n. lit. farmer, peasant; the term refers to a Newar caste class consisting of various caste groups whose members’ main occupation is agriculture (NBŚ s.v. jyāpu), and whose members are considered inferior to Udāsa (MA-54.145.8-9). The most common surname the jyāpus use at present is Maharjana, but it was the term bhābo that was used extensively in inscriptions of the Kathmandu valley to refer to the peasants during the medieval period. However, no one in the jyāpu community use the term bhābo to identify oneself these days while no inscription from the medieval period has been found so far that refers to the peasants of those days as Maharjana. There are many castes within the jyāpu community mostly based on their profession. The Maharjanas dominate the other castes in number in Kathmandu and Lalitpur, but very few peasants from Bhaktapur write their surname as Maharjana. They prefer to identify themselves as kisāna, another term to mean a peasant. Some of other prominent jyāpu castes are Avāle/Avāla (New. Āvāḥ; potters and tile roof layers), Vyañjanakāra (New. Tyape), Suvāla (New. Suvāḥ; chef caste), Prajāpatī (New. Kumhāḥ; potter caste mostly from Bhaktapur), Ḍaṃgola (New. Dhaṃgū; measurer of land), etc.
Jyāpu Samājaज्यापुसमाजn. org. the umbrella organization of various caste groups within the jyāpus, the peasant caste of the Newars, of Patan and the surrounding areas. Similar organization of the jyāpus of Kathmandu is called Jyāpu Mahāguthi.
jyāḥpunhiज्या:पुन्हि[fr. S. jyeṣṭhapūrṇimā]; n. full moon of the month of Jyeṣṭha (longest day of the year).
jābhūजाभूn. a feast in which cooked rice is served; a feast held for āḥjus during worships at a monastery in which cooked rice is offered (Mālī 1130 NS: 218).
jātaḥजात:n. birth chart; astrological record of the time of birth written on long haritāla paper that is rolled and stored in a thin, long pouch of cloth. It records the positions of planets, moon, constellations and the sun at the time of a person's birth. Based on these records, an astrologer makes predictions and suggests remedies if the birth chart shows ill-fate for the future of the person. It is said that every person's jātaḥ should be opened at least once a year, i.e. consult an astrologer regarding one's jātaḥ preferably few days ahead of one's birthday.
jātrāजात्रा

[fr. S. yātrā] n. 1) festival with a procession; chariot festival.

2) journey (esp. in connection with a religious ceremony, such as a pilgrimage or a marriage).

jīsvā̃saṃnhu 

[to be revised]

var. jisvāṃsaṃnhu; day when jasmine oil is prepared.

jīsvāṃजीस्वां[New.] var. jīsvā̃jilasvāṃ, jiswan; n. white jasmine (Tuladhar 1998: 302).
jīvanyāsaजीवन्यास[S.] var. jiunyāsa, jiwanyas; n. lit. imbuement of life; is the essence of a deity that is either removed from or imbued into a statue during a ritual of deconsecrating or consecrating a statue or an object of worship. The act of imbuing the object of worship with the essence is known as jīvanyāsa taygu while the deconsecration ritual is referred to as jīvanyāsa likāygu.
kaciकचिadj. uncooked, unripe, unbaked.
kaciaḥpāकचिअ:पाn. unbaked brick. Kaciaḥpā has ritual significance in the Newar tradition. A yajñaśālā (hearth for performing fire oblation) is always made of kaciaḥpā. In the case of a death in the family, a set of three kaciaḥpā is discarded at the nearby chvāsa. The tradition is called kaciaḥpā vāygu, which is an offering to the spirit of the deceased in the form of a hearth that is done immediately after the death. It is believed that the spirit will use the kaciaḥpā for a hearth (Gutschow et al. 2005: 29).
kacimāaḥpāकचिमाअ:पाn. unbaked brick that is larger in size compared to modern bricks.
kacāकचा[New.] n. branch. For instance, kacābāhāḥ=branch monastery.
kacābāhāḥकचाबाहा:n. branch of a Buddhist monastery (bāhāḥ). A kacābāḥāḥ refers to a bāhāḥ whose saṃgha (the monastic association) is not independent but considered a part of the saṅgha of the main bāhāḥ where initiations take place (Locke 1985: 9). However, there are exceptions, as initiations do take place in some of such kacābāhāḥs.
kakkuकक्कुvar. kaku; n. 1) upper part of the bell body. 2) neck; syn. gaḥpaḥ.
kalaśaकलश

[S.] var. kalash; n. 1) holy water vase with a stem of dvāphvaḥsvāṃ (a kind of scentless white jasmine) dipped in the holy water placed inside it and covered by a kisalī. A kalaśa of metal is used in worships and rituals. But during rituals like jaṃko and ihī and at times of performing fire oblation, eight clay pots collectively known as aṣṭakalaśa with a painting of aṣṭamaṅgala images are used as kalaśa (Mālī 1130 NS: 83). The use of kalaśa in pair for welcoming Buddhist monks, newly wedded bride and groom, etc. symbolizes auspiciousness in the Newar tradition. The pair of kalaśa is known as dvālyā kalaśa that are placed on both sides of a marked space in front of the entrance where the welcoming takes place. In this case, the pair of dvālyā kalaśa also receive a three-legged metal seat called may.

2) one of the eight emblems of aṣṭamaṅgala.

3) finial of a temple usually made of metal or stone.

kalaḥकल:[New.] var. kalāṃri, kalaṃkvalaṃli; n. basket made of wicker or brass with a lid and a handle for storing and transporting ritual items. A kalaḥ is used mostly for esoteric worships at the āgaṃ of a monastery, Kumhaḥ (Kumārī) puja or aṣṭamātṛkā deities at various pīṭhas. Items like samay (a set of food items with small pieces of meat, ginger, black soybeans, dry-heated beaten rice called syāḥbaji, etc.), aylāḥthvã (beer made of rice or millet), khāy (yogurt seasoned with salt and mustard oil), etc. necessary for an esoteric worship. A simple pujābhaḥ (a tray of worship items like flowers, incense, rice, etc.) suffices regular worships.
kalaṃka pujāकलंकपुजाn. worship related to left-over food after a feast (Malla 2000: 42).
kalaṃpuकलंपुn. iron dong (mod. constr.) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 21).
kalpaकल्प[S.] n. a fabulous period of time, i.e., a day of Brahmā or one thousand yugas, which equals to a period of four thousand, three hundred and twenty million years of mortals, measuring the duration of the world (Monier-Williams 1964: 262).
kapaḥकप:1) rebate (for panels). 2) wall between pillars (Gutschow et al. 1987: 21).
kapiकपिn. 1) inner corner of a wall; syn. kuṃ. 2) narrow place.
kapālaकपाल

[S.] var. karppara; n. 1) skull cup that is usually referred to as kapālapātra; either (i) severed head of a man, or (ii) the cup made of a skull, or (iii) a bowl. The skull cup is of two kinds; when it is filled with blood, it is called asṛkkapāla, and when with human flesh, it is called māṃsakapāla. The deities are supposed to partake of the blood or the flesh carried in these cups (Bhattacharyya 1958: 435). Usually deities, the śakti (female consort) in particular, are seen carrying a kapāla along with a kartṛ, a small jagged-edged knife.

2) the alms-bowl of a beggar (Monier-Williams 1964: 250). But an alms-bowl is referred to as a piṇḍapātra in the Buddhist tradition. The alms-bowl found in the images of Śākyamuni Buddha or the five dhyāni Buddhas is never called a kapāla but a piṇḍapātra. However, a bowl used in esoteric worships at āgaṃ, be it of a monastery or a private house, is called kapālapātra.

3) a fragment of brick (on which the oblation is placed) (Monier-Williams 1964: 250).

kapālapātraकपालपात्र[S.] n. skull cup; see kapāla and pātra.
kapāyकपाय्n. cottonwool.
karaṇa mudrāकरणमुद्रा[S.] n. a hand gesture with the palm outstretched with the index and the little fingers erect, while the thumb presses the two remaining fingers against the palm of the hand (Bhattacharyya 1958: 435).
kartṛकर्तृ[fr. S. kartarī] n. a small semi-circular knife whose one end curve slightly forward with usually a jagged-edged blade and the handle is on the opposite side of the blade. It is considered as the one of the weapons of Bhairava. If a kartṛ is surmounted by a vajra, it is called vajrakartṛ (Bhattacharyya 1958: 436). Usually deities, the śakti (female consort) in particular, are seen carrying a kartṛ along with a kapāla, a skull cup. Kartṛ is the symbol for the destruction of ignorance while kapāla stands for oneness absolute (Bhattacharyya 1958: 43).
Karuṇāmayaकरुणामयn. lit. imbued with compassion; the deity of compassion and abundance highly revered in the Kathmandu Valley. There are four Karuṇāmayas in the Kathmandu Valley: 1. Janabāhāḥdyaḥ, 2. Buṅgadyaḥ, 3 Cvabāhāḥdyaḥ, and 4. Nālā Karuṇāmaya.
karṇapatāḥकर्णपता:n. a thin wooden stick carrying a colorful flag to be stuck into the sacrificial cake (Vajracharya et al. NA: 6).
karṣaकर्षn. a unit of measurement of land that equals 1/4th of a ropanī. This unit is usually taken as equal to javā. But javā is sometimes understood as 1/8th of a ropanī instead of 1/4th. However, karṣa or javā is accepted as equal to the measurement of 4 ānās (1368 sq. ft.) at present. This unit was also known as culchi in the Newar language (Dhuṅgela and Pradhānāṅga 2056: 239).
kathiकथिn. stick.
kathipāकथिपाn. stick fixed to the bottom of the flat āypāsāḥ (mould) to form a notch for the interlocking of the roof tile (Gutschow et al. 1987: 168).
kathipādhvaṃकथिपाध्वंn. roof tile rebate (Gutschow et al. 1987: 168).
Kati Punhiकतिपुन्हिvar. Kati Pūnhi; n. the full moon day of Āśvina when the cau chāygu ritual is observed on caityas around the Kathmandu Valley. The day also marks the beginning of offering ālaḥmata. The event is known as yaḥsĩi mata bīgu; syn. Kojāgrata Pūrṇimā, Sīghaḥ Punhi.
katāṃकतांvar. katāma; n. chisel; a wedgelike tool made of iron with an edge of many variations used for carving designs and smoothing the surface of an idol or any other handicraft item. The edge of a katāṃ may be blunt, sharp, curved, etc. and a craftsman hits its head with a small hammer to carve designs on the surface of any handicraft item.
katāṃcāकतांचाn. spacer for the plumb bob (Gutschow et al. 1987: 21).
kauकौ/कउn. a term that refers to the Newar blacksmith caste now taken as a rude expression. The blacksmith caste use Nakaḥmi (Nakarmi) as their surname.
kavaṃकवं[New.] n. a living skeleton considered to be an evil being. Generally this figure is seen in pair with a khyāḥ, an ugly but unevil being. Kavaṃ is seen to our left while khyāḥ to our right in paintings in cloth that are used as dhakiṃ, a curtain that covers a window-like structure that may contain three wrathful eyes representing Bhairava. It can be found painted on the wall to the right of the main entrance of a temple in Kathmandu valley. For example, this can be observed at Śvetabhairava temple (LAL0100) located in Ikhālakhu and Khapĩchẽ Bhairava temple (LAL1780) located in Khapĩchẽ Ṭola, Patan. In the Newar oral tradition, kavaṃ is regarded as a tall entity who strolls at midnight with khyāḥ, picks up humans from inside the house if windows are open and kills them. But if someone can hit it hard, break it into pieces of bones and run away with one major piece, then khyāḥ will come and offer large amount of wealth to the person in exchange for that piece of bone. Once khyāḥ gets the bone back, he rebuilds kavaṃ again and they move on.
kaygūकय्‌गूn. dried pea.
kaygūcāकय्‌गूचाn. pea pattern (carving or interlacing cane) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 21).
kaytāpujā / vratabandhaकय्‌तापुजा / व्रतबन्धn. lit. 'wroship of the loincloth (kaytā)', is an initiation ceremony of boys. In Sanskrit, it is known as mekhalābandhana, the binding (bandhana) of the girdle (mekhalā). This initiation ritual of a boy is performed by almost all Hindu and Buddhist Newars at an odd-numbered age, mostly between three and eleven. It is one of the major life-cycle rituals and transforms a boy into a man and a full member of his clan and caste. The loincloth ritual is part of a stratified system of the Newar initiation: some lower castes do not perform it at all. Jyāpu castes perform it as their major initiation ritual, while higher Hindu and Buddhist castes have it as the first part of the twofold initiation–first kaytāpujā, then the Hindu investiture ritual (vratabandha or upanayana), or first kaytāpujā, then Buddhist monastic ordination (bare chuigu)–and some Hindu and Buddhist castes (Ācāḥju and Vajrācārya) go additionally for a tantric initiation (dekhā/dikṣā/abhiṣeka) (Gutschow and Michaels 2008: 59).
kãकँn. 1) rainbow. 2) rainbow pattern (wood carving); syn. laḥsāḥkapaṃ.
kaḥsiक:सिn. terrace; open rooftop on the third floor of the traditional Newar private building structure.
kaḥsimvaḥक:सिम्व:

[New.] 1) top of a terrace wall.

2) cornice brick (Gutschow et al. 1987: 22). In building architecture, kaḥsimvaḥ bricks are seen among multiple layers of cornice brick patterns and are distinguishable by their floral design or lotus leaf pattern on their square face.

3) Floral patterns similar to cornice bricks but made of stone found on caityas. Usually, the pattern is seen at the edge of a flat surface that appears to be a kaḥsi (terrace) on which a double-decked lotus throne serves as the base for the drum, dome and finial of a caityaKaḥsimvaḥ is not found in Licchavi caityas.

kaḥsipaḥkhāḥक:सिप:खा:

n. 1) terrace wall.

2) railing of chariot.

kaṃjhyāḥकंझ्या:n. lit. open window; windows usually found in a set of three with shutters that also provide space for a phalcā-like seat (Gutschow et al. 1987: 138).
keheṃbhataकेहेंभतvar. keheṃbhvata; n. husband’s younger sister.
keheṃmayjuकेहेंमय्‌जुn. hon. 1) younger sister. 2) female cousin.
keheṃpiṃli 

[to be revised]

var. kehẽpĩli; n. hon. co-wife, second wife.

khagaḥखग:var. khavaḥ; n. bolt of a door.
khaimāखइमा[New.] var. khaymā; n. 1) jamb. 2) lock rings (Gutschow et al. 1987: 25). 3) bar next to stairs that lead downstairs (Mālī 1130 NS: 126).
khalaḥखल:[New.] var. kharha (Old New.), khalak (Nep.), khalaka; lit. group or clan. The term mostly refers to a group of people coming together for a particular cause. For instance, the Keśacandra Guṃlā Bājaṃ Khalaḥ is the name of the traditional musical ensemble that constitutes the saṃgha members of Itum Bāhāḥ (KAT1220). They visit Svayambhū Caitya every morning during the holy month of Guṃlā. Likewise, dāphā bhajana khalaḥ exists in many ṭolas and monasteries. The members of the such a khalaḥ come together to sing daphā bhajanas on specific occasions. Nāmasaṅgīti Khalaḥ is another of such a group that exists in many ṭolas formed to recite the Nāmasaṅgīti verses. A khalaḥ can also be a group formed for a specific purpose. The Laiṃ Kẽ Khalaḥ of Itum Bāhāḥ has specific role in hosting the Samyak Mahādāna of Kathmandu. Khalaḥ can also refer to a clan within a specific caste constituting families or households of a common descent. Such a khalaḥ is usually named after certain animals, vegetables, grains, or multitude of other totems that are assumed as the emblem of that particular clan. For instance, Tukaṃ Khalaḥ (the clan of mustard plant).
Khapiṃchẽखपिंछेँ

var. Khapiñchẽ, Khapinchhen; n. lit. house of jewel wasp (emerald cockroach wasp), a place in Patan that lies to the east of the route from Saugal to Cyāsal Square.

Old name [Occurance]: Ṣapiche [LAL_1780 _0002]

khasigaḥ 

[to be revised]

n. upright post of a window or door frame.

khatāṃgāḥखतांगा:n. socket at the base of a door to hold the door leaves.
khaḍgaखड्ग[S.] n. a large sacrificial knife, sword.
khaḥख:

var. khata; n. 1) chariot; ceremonial palanquin. A huge chariot like that of Buṅgadyaḥ as a whole is also called khaḥ, but the railing of the chariot is called khaḥjalā. Smaller chariots like that of Kumāri from Kathmandu and Bhailaḥdyaḥ in Bhaktapur are called dyaḥkhaḥ. A ceremonial palanquin for the jaṃko ritual of the elderly is called jaṃkokhaḥ, which is also referred to as ghirighirikhaḥ.

2) scaffolding.

khaḥ cineguख:  चिनेगुvar. khata cinegu; v. to accession a deity into a chariot.
khaḥjalāख:जलाn. railing of a chariot.
khaṭvāṅgaखट्वाङ्ग[S.] n. magic wand; the stick is generally surmounted either by vajra or kapāla, or the triśūla or the banner, or all of them. In any case, for a khaṭvāṅga the skulls are necessary and it will be so called even if nothing else is present. A club or staff with a skull at the top (considered as the weapon of Śiva and carried by ascetics and yogins) (Monier-Williams 1964: 335).
khicāgathisāḥखिचागथिसा:n. hammer headed joint (Gutschow et al. 1987: 26) ; a kind of joint used for joining two blocks of timber.
khicākhaḥखिचाख:n. base landing for a staircase (Gutschow et al. 1987: 26); platform usually made of wooden planks or bricks that is used as the landing base for svāhane (staircase).
khiṃखिंvar. khĩ; barrel-drum that almost invariably accompanies a dāphā troupe. Also called lālākhiṃ in Bhaktapur, this instrument is unique to the Newars and is more smoothly curved in outline than the North Indian pakhāvaj (which the Newars also play, calling it paścimā), and it has a permanent black tuning-spot on each of its two drum-heads (Widdess 2016: 3).
khvalāख्वला[New.] var. khvālā; n. small metal wide-mouthed cup used especially for drinking aylāḥ (alcohol). See pātrakhvalā.
khvaḥsiṃgvaḥख्व:सिंग्व:n. walnut pattern found on wooden pillar carvings and caityas.
khyẽyjhyāḥ‍ख्येँय्‌झ्या:var. khẽyjhyāḥ; n. lit. egg window; window with oval-shaped opening.
khyāḥख्या:[New.] var. khyāka; n. humanoid goblin that frightens people who is usually seen together with a kavaṃKhyāḥ is seen to our right in paintings in cloth that are used as a dhakiṃ (curtain) that covers a window-like structure that may contain three wrathful eyes representing Bhairava. It can be found painted on the wall to the left of the main entrance of a temple in the Kathmandu Valley. For instance, this can be observed at Śvetabhairava temple located in Ikhalakhu and Khapĩchẽ Bhairava temple located in Khapĩchẽ Ṭola, Patan (see, LAL0100 and LAL1780). According to TDN (s.v. khyāk) people believe that black khyāḥ is a bad spirit, whilst white khyāḥ is a good one.  In the Newar oral tradition, khyāḥ is regarded as a fat, long-haired, short and ugly creature with hairy skin, round eyes and long dark-red tongue. In the traditional Newar paintings, khyāḥ is seen attending to Lakṣmī, the deity of wealth, by carrying a large overflowing bag of coins. Also associated with wealth, he is believed to be afraid of light and dwell in the dark corners of baigaḥ (attic) and come out to play with balls of gold at night. Stories of smart people getting rich by obtaining riches from khyāḥ were very popular in the past: a person would hide in the dark with a light covered by a basket. When khyāḥ came out to play with his golden balls, the person would remove the cover to expose the khyāḥ to the light. The khyāḥ would then disappear immediately and the person would collect all the gold. There are four types of khyāḥ known to the Newars: a. bāḥrhāḥ khyāḥ - a small white image of cotton made in the shape of a human that is worshipped and placed in the room of the girl undergoing bāḥrhāḥ, the puberty ritual. Some believe that he comes to life and plays with the girl during her ritual confinement of 12 days; b. bhakuṃgvārā khyāḥ - a khyāḥ with the shape of a football, who rolls around a narrow alley to block the way of a passerby; c. dhāpalāṃ khyāḥ - a hairy khyāḥ; and d. lãpaṃ khyāḥ - another khyāḥ who blocks the way in such a manner that a passerby collides head-on into a wall even when he knows that there is a way.
khādalūखादलूn. lit. hanged lampstand; a lampstand hung by a metal chain on a rafter below roof eaves right in front of a window. People offer light to deities by putting a burnt wick on khādalū especially when there is a procession of any deity taken out in front of the house; see tādalū and cākaḥdalū.
khālaḥpāखल्अ:पाn. cornice brick with rounded moulding (Gutschow et al. 1987: 26).
khā̃sāखाँसाn. wood for chariot wheels (Gutschow et al. 1987: 26).
kijābhataकिजाभतvar. kijābhvata; n. husband’s younger brother.
kijāpujāकिजापुजाn. widely-celebrated festival of sisters worshipping their younger borther during Svanti, the festival of lights also referred to as Tihāra.
kikiṃpāकिकिंपा[New.] var. kikĩpākikīpā; silver banner, silver or gold leaf that decorates the crown of a deity; a leaf-like ornament made of gold or silver sheets adorned on the head of a deity and is sometimes also used as a representative of the deity during certain worships. Usually a kikiṃpā is plain in design, but sometimes may also be decked with a precious gem at its upper central part.
kikiṃpātvalaṃकिकिंपात्वलंvar. kikĩpātvalãkikīpātvalaṃ; n. tympanum without medalion (Gutschow et al. 1987: 22); also called matūtvalaṃ for its shape like a crown, as it does not contain a central images and other features.
kilāyकिलाय्n. end wall (without the right to have a window) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 22).
kilāyaḥpāकिलाय्‌अ:पाvar. kilāyappā; n. masonry. header (brick); a brick laid in a wall in a way that its shorter ends are exposed or parallel to the surface.
kilāyaṃgaḥकिलाय्‌अंग:n. end wall of a house.
kilāypvāḥकिलाय्‌प्वा:n. opening of end wall (Gutschow et al. 1987: 22).
kinnara / kinnarīकिन्नर / किन्नरी[S.] lit. 'what sort of man/woman?'; a mythical being with a human figure and a head of a horse or with a horse's body and a man's head, reckoned among the gandharvas or celestial choristers, and celebrated as musicians (Monier-Williams 1964: 283). They are usually referred to as kinnara in general, but sometimes also mentioned as kinnara and kinnarī to differentiate their gender. In the Hindu mythology, kinnara is described as half-human, half-horse and half-bird. Buddhists, on the other hand, understand kinnara as half-human and half-bird. They sometimes appear in sculptures holding garland in the right hand and a tray containing flowers in the left for the worship of caityas (Krishna Murthy 1985: 14).
kisalīकिसलीvar. kisaliṃkisli; n. lit. a salī (small wide-mouthed clay cup) with ki (rice); salī filled with rice grains, an areca nut and a coin. It is used as an object of offering to the main deity for being inducted into the Buddhist saṃgha (monastic association) or used as registration fee to perform any religious ceremonies (Vajracharya et al. NA: 4). Sometimes during the worship, a kisalī is placed on top of a kalaśa.
kisiकिसिn. mod. constr. foundation pile.
kisidhvākāकिसिध्वाकाvar. kisidhvākhā; n. additional small door of a large gate.
kotaकोत[Nep.] n. a house where treasures and weapons of the state army is stored.
koṭyāhuti yajñaकोट्याहुतियज्ञ[S.] n. fire ritual of 10 million oblations; syn. koṭihoma yajña.
Kuberaकुबेरn. mostly associated with wealth, he is one of the semi-mythical beings called yakṣas. Considered as the greatest among the yakṣas, who according to the Hindus, lives in the north along with the yakṣa hordes. The name of his capital is said to be Alakāpuri adjacent to Mount Kailāśa in the Himalayan region (Bhattacharyya 1958: 379).
kuliṃcāकुलिंचाvar. kuliṃkulecā, kulũkuluṃ; small-mouthed earthen jar used by ajicā (midwife) for putting a mixture of cvaki (broken rice grains) soaked and rubbed in oil and salt during macābū byaṃkegu (birth purificatory ritual). The kuliṃcā with the mixture is worshipped as Ugracaṇḍī (Vajracharya et al. NA: 7).
kuluकुलुn. caste name among the Newars that refers to a tanner or drum maker; considered to be untouchable caste fellows in the social gradification of the past who have the profession of leatherworking. The Mulukī Ain classifies the caste of Kulus as the 8th lowest (superior to Cyāmes, Poḍhes, Vādīs, Gāinyās, Damāī̃s, Kadārās, Kāmī and Sārkī) among the Untouchable castes (MA-54.160.8).
kulāṃकुलांn. 1) window cornice. 2) stepped pattern (of cornice) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 23).
kulāṃthāṃकुलांथांn. vertical beam of a latticed window (Gutschow et al. 1987: 23); dividing middle post of a latticed window; syn. chvālikathi.
Kumāraकुमारn. the son of Lord Śiva and Goddess Pārvatī. He is also known as Kārtikeya, Skanda, etc. He is usually seen riding a peacock and is worshipped by the Newars as pikhālakhudyaḥ.
kumārīchẽकुमारीछेँn. official residence of Kumārī. A separate house is assigned to the girl inducted as Kumārī. She remains in kumārīchẽ all the while she holds the position. However, not all the Kumārīs are required to live in kumārīchẽ. In the case of Kathmandu, the official Kumārī lives in kumārīchẽ at Basantapur. There is a separate kumārīchẽ in Patan as well. But only some of the girls inducted as the Kumārī of Patan go to live there. Many girls who hold the position remain at their residence and come to kumārīchẽ only during specific festivals and worships when her presence at kumārīchẽ is required.
kurhaकुह्र

[fr S. kuḍava] var. kuḍakurhakurhu; n. 1) a measure of grain or of wood or of iron (4th part of a prastha, described by some as a vessel four fingers wide and as many deep and containing 12 prakṛitis or handfuls; also said to contain 13 ½ cubit aṅgulas, or to contain 64 cubic aṅgulas, or to be a finger and a half deep and three fingers each in length and breadth (Monier-Williams 1964: 289).

2) a measure word for two mānās (Malla 2000: 54). Another term, kuḍā, is very similar to this one, but appears to be a term for measuring land (Malla 2000: 52).

kutāḥकुता:[New.] n. bier. In case of a death in a family, the members of the sanāḥguthi that the deceased is associated with come to the deceased's residence to prepare for the funeral procession. In the past, the members used to make a kutāḥ out of green bamboos. However, people have started to use a metal bier as kutāḥ these days, saving time of making a kutāḥ on every occasion. In the case the deceased has gone through the jaṃko ritual, the kutāḥ gets a special decoration with colorful cloths and garlands.
kuṃ dāciaḥpāकुंदाचिअ:पा[New.] var. kuṃ dāciappā, kum dachiapa, kum dachiappa; n. corner veneer brick.
kuṃ nāḥgvaḥaḥpāकुंना:ग्व:अ:पाvar. kuṃ nāḥgvaḥappā; n. corner quarter round brick.
kuṃdā 

[to be revised]

var. kuṃdhārkunaḥkunārkundhākvaṃdā; kind of water pot, tub, trough (for washing and for feeding cattle).

kuṃmaḥ 

[to be revised]

n. brass pot (for keeping and serving beaten rice to the guests).

kuṃsalaकुंसल[New.] var. kũsala; n. lit. corner horse; corners strut carved in the shape of a winged horse. Other beasts like winged lions are also carved in such corner struts, but are generally known as kuṃsala in Newari; see śārdūla.
kuṃsuruकुंसुरुvar. kũsuru; n. mythical animal that looks like a ram with a beak and wings that are placed as corner strut or at beam ends where only its head is seen.
kuṃsāḥकुंसा:var. kũsāḥ; n. lit. corner joint; mortise; corner joint of a door or window frame.
kvacukaḥक्वचुक:var. kvacukū; n. lit. bolt that slides down; small door bolt from the lintel.
kvakhaluक्वखलुvar. kvakharu; n. 1) still or threshold; syn. khalukharu. 2) inner sill with a socket.
kvakhāक्वखा

var. kokhā; n. 1) private passage to a courtyard (Gutschow et al. 1987: 23); syn. kvakhāduvāḥ.

2) a long strip of cloth usually of red in colour that is worn around the neck as a gift of any deity after its worship.

kvakhāchẽक्वखाछेँvar. kokhāchẽ; n. house with its ground floor open for a passage to a courtyard.
kvakhāduvāḥक्वखादुवा:n. private passage to a courtyard; see kvakhā (1).
kvalāक्वला

n. 1) plank above the joists.

2) flooring plank; parquet.

3) wooden trowel (Gutschow et al. 1987: 24).

4) a circular copper tray with an opening slightly narrower than the base that is used while performing argha (offering liquid oblation to deities), or keeping piṇḍas inside it during śrāddha (ritual performed to commemorate death of an ancestor) and also for discarding piṇḍa afterwards.

kvanāक्वनाn. wooden tub for washing or feeding (Gutschow et al. 1987: 24).
kvaphyaḥक्वफ्य:n. decorative base of a chariot; stylized frill (Gutschow et al. 1987: 24).
kvasvaḥjhyāḥक्वस्व:झ्या:[New.] n. lit. a window that looks down; is a window that allows people to look down. A window with a pair of shutters attached to the window frame vertically. The shutters can be opened to look down. Open window (Gutschow et al. 1987: 24)
kvataḥक्वत:n. a relatively large circular worship tray of brass with a quarter round that makes the opening slightly narrower than the base used for carrying items like rice, flowers, vermillion powder, etc. for elaborate worships like granting dikṣā (Vajracharya et al. NA: 5).
Kvaynāpujāक्वय्‌नापुजा[New.] n. the worship of Kvaynā Ganedyaḥ (CHO0100). The Newars of Patan have a tradition of offering a special worship to the Kvaynā Ganedyaḥ after accomplishing a major cultural or social event. The host of the event visit the Kvaynā Ganedyaḥ Temple in Chobhar or alternatively his shrine at NaḥṬola in Patan to offer the worship, which is locally known as Kvaynāpujā vanegu.
Kvaḥneक्च:नेvar. Kone, Kwane; lit. lower part of the city; name of a place or area in both Patan and Kathmandu.
kvaṃlijhyāḥक्वंलिझ्या:n. dormer window; syn. kvapujhyāḥburjājhyāḥ (Gutschow et al. 1987: 25)
kvācapālajuक्वाचपालजु[fr. S. koṣṭhapāla] n. hon. principal deity of a Buddhist Monastery (see kvāḥpāḥdyaḥ).
kvāpādyaḥक्वापाद्य:n. a variant of kvāḥpāḥdyaḥ.
kvāḥjhyāḥ 

[to be revised]

n. furnace, oven for melting metal and baking clay models in metal casting.

kvāḥpāḥchẽक्वा:पा:छेँ n. a multi-storied monastery building with a finial on top and houses the kvāḥpāḥdyaḥ of the monastery at garbhagṛha.
kvāḥpāḥdegaḥक्वा:पा:देग:n. a small shrine or temple usually of a single floor that houses the kvāḥpāḥdyaḥ of the monastery. There are very few of such monasteries that does not have a proper kvāḥpāḥchẽ and the kvāḥpāḥdyaḥ is enshrined in a kvāḥpāḥdegaḥ.
kvāḥpāḥdyaḥक्वा:पा:द्य:[fr. old New. kvācapāla deva] var. kvāpaḥdyaḥkvāḥbhāḥju; n. principal deity of a Buddhist monastery. Enshrined on the ground floor of the main building of a monastery, kvāḥpāḥdyaḥ is almost always facing the main entrace to the monastery complex. The term is a contraction of kvā/koca-pāla-deva, which is found in earlier inscriptions. It is a Newar variant of the Sanskrit term koṣṭhapāla, which means a guard, watchman, or storekeeper. In this context, it means the 'guardian of the saṃgha'. In Patan, there is also another term kvāpā āḥju or kvāpāḥju, the 'guardian grandfather' (Locke 2005: 271). Excluding one exception in Vaṃ Bāhāḥ in Bhaktapur where Mahāvairocana is enshrined as the principal deity (Locke 1985: 516), the kvāḥpāḥdyaḥ is always a non-tantric deity, usually an image of the Buddha such as, AkṣobhyaŚākyamuniMaitreya etc.
kvāḥpāḥjuक्वा:पा:जु[New.] n. hon. principal deity of a Buddhist Monastery; see kvāḥpāḥdyaḥ.
kvāḥpāḥlākāṃक्वा:पा:लाकां[New.] var. kvāpāḥlakāṃ, kvaḥpāḥlakāṃ; n. a pair of ritual slippers made of metal or wood used by newly ordained monks for taking seven steps during the bare chuigu ritual or while sounding the gambhāḥsĩ at Buddhist monasteries (Vajracharya et al. nd: 5)
kācarāकाचरा[old New.] n. raw meat used as an item of feast (Malla 2000: 46). It probably is the archaic term for what is now called kacilā, which literally means 'uncooked meat'. Raw meat is minced and prepared with a lot of mustard oil and spices to make kacilā, a popular dish among the Newars.
kājīकाजीvar. kāji; n. an officer of ministerial rank superintending civil and military affairs (Pant 2002: 133; cp. Edwards 1975: 105).
Kāmadevaकामदेवvar. Kāma; n. the Eros of the eastern mythology; the god of love. He is sometimes said to be self-born (ātma-bhū) or un-born (aja). He is a yakṣa and identical with the Buddhist Māra. His wife Rati or Revā is the embodiment of wifely love; their daughter Tṛṣṇā (or Tṛṣā) represents ‘thirst’ as a form of desire (Stutley 1977: 139).
Kārtikaकार्तिक[S.] var. KāttikaKāttik (Nep.); n. name of the seventh month (October-November) of the solar calendar adopted by the Vikrama era when the moon stands in the constellation Kṛttikā (Pleiades).
kāulelhvaṃकाउलेल्ह्वंvar. kāulelvahaṃ; n. lit. turtle stone; stone slab above the first foundation stone.
kīrtimukhatoraṇaकीर्तिमुखतोरण[S.] n. tympanum above doors or windows surmounted by an image of Kīrtimukha, a mythical creature whose name literally translates to the 'Face of Glory'.
kītvākaḥकीत्वाक:n. 1) base for adzing. 2) base for planing (edge of the door leaves) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 22).
Kṛṣṇaकृष्णvar. Krishna; n. the eighth reincarnation of Lord Viṣṇu who is widely portrayed as a young and amorous shepherd. He has dark blue skin, is adorned with a peacock feather on his head, and carries a flute in his hand. His birth anniversary, known as Kṛṣṇāṣṭamī or Kṛṣṇa Janmāṣṭamī, is observed on the eighth of the dark fortnight of Bhādra.
kṣamāpūjāक्षमापूजाS.] var. kshamapuja, chhyamapuja; n. worship performed for atonement (to restore the worshipper to a proper relationship to a deity) (Manandhar et al. 1986: 69). Such worship is also performed ahead of any restoration or renovation of any religious monument or object of worship.
Lagaṃ Thūraलगंथूरn. the stūpa in the south from among the four stūpas at the cardinal points of Patan; syn. Laganakhela (Lagankhel) Stūpa, Aśoka Stūpa South.
lakṣa caityaलक्षचैत्यvar. lakha caitya; n. small caityas of clay moulded by devotees that are deposited in the foundation in the course of constructing a new caitya. Usually a grand ceremony is organized that allows devotees to contribute in making them. The making of lakṣa caityas is locally known as lucidyaḥ thāygu; syn. lucidyaḥ
Lakṣmīnārāyaṇaलक्ष्मीनारायणn. Lord Viṣṇu and his wife Goddess Lakṣmī are collectively known as Lakṣṃīnārāyaṇa.
lakṣāhuti yajñaलक्षाहुतियज्ञ[S.] n. fire ritual of one hundred thousand oblations.
lalitāsanaललितासनvar. lalita āsana; n. a sitting posture in which one leg hangs down while the other is bent in the usual position of the Buddha. It should be distinguished from the ardhaparyaṅka posture, in which both legs are on the same pedestal but one of the knees is raised while the other is bent in the usual position of the Buddha (Bhattacharyya 1958: 432).
latyāलत्या

n. 1) one and a half months.

2) ceremony held on the 45th day of someone's death. Also known as sapiṇḍīkaraṇa, the latyā ritual consists of mainly seven rites: pūrvāṅga (the preparatory ritual), pañcadaśapiṇḍadāna (offering of fifteen balls), sapiṇḍīkaraṇa (unification of the deceased with his or her forefathers), jaladāna (offering of water jugs), śaiyyādāna (offering of a bed), piṇḍavisarjana (dismissal of the balls) and śivaliṅgapujā (the worship of a śivaliṅga). The rituals serve to help the deceased on his one-year-long journey through the netherworld by providing him with food, water and other gifts, and to unite him with his forefathers (Gutschow et al. 2005: 129).

laytābhvayलत्याभ्वय्n. feast hosted by the family of the deceased on the day the latyā ritual is performed.
laytādegupujā 

[to be revised]

n. worship of the patron deity of a family celebrated on a joyful occasion.

laṃcvaलंच्वn. protruding end of lintel (Gutschow et al. 1987: 69).
laṃcāलंचाn. scumble of red clay (Gutschow et al. 1987: 69).
lhugāḥल्हुगा:[New.] n. bathing place.
lhākāy 

[to be revised]

LAL2110

lhāḥphvaḥल्हा:फ्व:

n. 1) palm of the hand with spread or extended fingers (imagined as a flower in blossom) (Manandhar et al. 1986: 237).

2) cornice brick installed at temple corners that is in the shape of a palm facing up with fingers slightly turned upward to look like a flower in blossom.

lhāḥpāल्हा:पाn. lit. palm; cornice brick installed at temple corners that is in the shape of a palm facing downward with fingers extended slightly upward. Lhāḥpā cornice brick is seen on top of lhāḥphvaḥ cornice brick.
libiलिबि[New.] n. courtyard, backyard (of a monastery); park (Gutschow et al. 1987: 70); open square in front of the house; courtyard (Mālī 1130 NS: 512). An open space that may also form a courtyard or square either in the front yard or backyard of any monument or a row of houses is called libi. For instance, Yetālibi literally means 'the southern libi', which is the name of a courtyard south of Oku Bāhāḥ (LAL2260).
libiṃलिबिं[New.] var. libĩ; n. 1) lace. 2) canopy; syn. ilāṃ. 3) frilled belt. 4) frilled belt pattern (carving or metal work); syn. jhallarahalphā (Gutschow et al. 1987: 70).
Licchaviलिच्छविvar. Lichchhavi; n. a ruling class of people originally from Vaiśālī, India, who ruled the ancient Nepāla kingdom probably since around the fourth century. The first Licchavi inscription is from Cā̃gunārāyaṇa dated 464 CE issued by King Mānadeva. But the first Licchavi king known from the inscription is Vṛṣadeva, who probably reigned over a hundred years before his great grandson Mānadeva. A Kuṣāṇa-period sculpture from the reign of Jaya Varmana, dated 185 CE, was recovered from Mālīgāũ, an area in Kathmandu considered by most scholars to be the site of the ancient Licchavi capital (Tamot and Alsop). The sculpture proves the Licchavis came into power in between 185 CE and 464 CE. The history after King Jayadeva II, whose Pashupati inscription of 733 CE gives the genealogy of the Licchavi kings, is not very clear. However, Mānadeva IV is the last known king to have ruled at least till 878 CE (Regmī 2053 VS: 199). Slusser (1982: 18), on the other hand, categorically demarcates the period from 300 CE to 879 CE as time the Licchavis consolidated their state.
Lokeśvaraलोकेश्वरn. lit. the lord of the world, the name is a shortened form of Avalokiteśvara, the lord who gazes down (upon all sentient beings). Lokeśvara is arguably the most popular deity in Buddhism after the Buddha himself. The concept of Lokeśvara came into existence from the Mahāyāna school of thought as a deity who renounced the well-deserved nirvāṇa (salvation) of his own until all beings of the world attained it first. The earliest form of his name was Avalokita-svara, which was changed into Avalokiteśvara in 646 AD by Hsüan-tsang (Lokesh Chandra 1987: 192-193). Usually, the image of Lokeśvara is identifiable by a deerskin on his left shoulder with the deer head next to his heart. The deerskin is varyingly interpreted as harmlessness, compassion and love, and also as convergence of Avalokiteśvara and Harihara, the fused form of Śiva and Viṣṇu (Zhang 2017: 15). Sumedha, who was born as Siddhārtha Gautama after many rebirths, also wore deerskin. The Buddha is mentioned to have worn a deerskin in other past lives as well (Zhang 2017: 25-26). This probably is the base for the presence of deerskin in the images of Lokeśvara. He takes many forms to deliver beings in peril and, therefore, has many names. The images of 108 forms of Lokeśvara can be seen at the temple of Janabāhāḥdyaḥ, Kathmandu. Bodhisattva (lit. the being with perfect wisdom) is another name Lokeśvara is known with.
Lukumahādyaḥलुकुमहाद्य:var. Lukumāḥdyaḥ; n. lit. the hiding Śiva; he is depicted in a small unhewn stone that sometimes may also resemble a śivaliṅga, but without a jalaharī. The stone is usually placed in a hole that is kept hidden in unclean places such as the neighborhood garbage dump or the courtyards, but can also be located just under the earth or even in the form of a flat open stone on the pavement (Michaels 1992: 193). The hole and stone inside is cleaned once a year on the day of Pāhāṃ Caḥrhay for the worship of Lukumahādyaḥ.
lũjhyāḥलुँझ्या:var. luṃjhyāḥ; n. lit. golden window; window covered with gilded metal sheets.
lāchiलाछि[fr. new. lācha] var. rāchi (old New.); n. 1) a main road (Jørgensen 1936: 153). 2) street, main road (Malla 2000: 437). In traditional Newar settlements, open yards are usually adjoined by, or in case of courtyards, are supplemented on one side by a street, which is called lāchi.
lākāṃsĩलाकांसिँ[New.] var. lakāṃsĩ; n. lit. shoe timber, is a long timber that runs from one end to another that serves as a base plate of posts or pillars. A lākāṃsĩ contains sockets for the protruding locks of pillars to fit in. This prevents the pillars from moving at times of earthquakes. Base plate of posts or pillars (Gutschow et al. 1987: 69).
lākāṃsĩkulāṃ 

[to be revised]

var. lakāṃsĩkulāṃlākāṃsiṃkulāṃ; carved base of a window frame.

macābaji 

[to be revised]

n. beaten rice presented to the guṭhī for admission of a new-born child.

madhyabandhamadhyabandha[S.] a horizontall middle band of a wall, generally of semi-circular profile.
mahādānaमहादानn. lit. 'great charity'; see Samyak Mahādāna.
mahādīpaमहादीपn. lit. a great lamp; a large butter lamp.
Mahākālaमहाकालvar. Mahāṃkāla, Mahāṅkāla, Mahāṅkāḥdyaḥ, Māṅkāḥdyaḥ; n. a wrathful deity of protection usually enshrined next to the main entrance inside bāhās and bahīs of the Kathmandu Valley. He is seen in a variety of forms with one face and two, four or six arms, or with eight faces and 16 arms. He is ornamented with serpents, has canine teeth and a protruding belly, and wears a garment of tiger skin. In his two-armed form, Mahākāla is blue in colour having one face with three eyes and carries a kartṛ in his right hand and a kapāla in his left. He bears five skulls on his brown hair which rises on his head and is decorated with a chain of severed heads. In his four-armed form, he additionally carries a sword and a khatvāṅga with his second pair of hands. The six-armed form has a kartṛ, rosary and ḍamaru in his right hands and a kapālaśūla (trident) and vajrapāśa in his left. The sixteen-armed form has eight faces and four legs. In all of his forms, he tramples upon two human corpses (Bhattacharyya 1958: 345-346). Locally, he is widely referred to as Māṅkāḥdyaḥ.
mahāparitrāṇaमहापरित्राणn. a collection of verses from the various chapters of the Tripiṭaka, the main Buddhist scripture in three volumes, that is recited by the Theravāda Buddhist monks for peace, prosperity and good health.
mahāpātraमहापात्र[S.] n. a prime minister (Monier-Williams 1964: 797); a local functionary of the early medieval period with a status equal to a minister, who is authorized to rule the distant states, but remain loyal to the king. In accordance with the orders of the central administration, a mahāpātra remains under and pay taxes to the central government. The post of a mahāpātra is inherited and the central administration has no role in their appointment (Śākya 2008: 14); syn. sāmanta.
mahāvidyāमहाविद्याn. lit. the great wisdom, it is the group of ten deities collectively known as daśa mahāvidyā. They are defined as the ten objects of transcendent knowledge. Symbolically, it is the five aspects of Śiva and the five aspects of the Śakti (the divine power also portrayed as the Goddess) united as day and night. They are the energies of which the universe is the pulsation, the outer expression. These ten energies are called daśa mahāvidyā (Daniélou 1985: 268). Daniélou gives their names in this order: 1. Kālī, 2. Tārā, 3. Ṣoḍaśī, 4. Bhuvaneśvarī, 5. Chinnamastā, 6. Bhairavī, 7. Dhūmāvatī, 8. Bagalā, 9. Mātaṅgī, and 10. Kamalā. Shankaranarayanan (1975: 4) defines them as the ten great paths of knowledge and gives their names as: 1. Kālī, 2. Tārā, 3. Tripurasundarī, 4. Bhuvaneśvarī, 5. Tripura Bhairavī, 6. Chinnamastā, 7. Dhūmāvatī, 8. Bagalāmukhī, 9. Mātaṅgī, and 10. Kamalātmikā. Ṣoḍaśī is also known as Tripurasundari. They are also believed to have originated from Goddess Pārvatī (Jośī 2070 VS: 388). In Patan, there are separate shrines of daśa mahāvidyā that are worshipped by taking out a special procession on the 8th of the bright fortnight of Bhādra these days. The locations of their shrines in Patan are: 1. Kamalā at Puñcali (Purnachandi) 2. Tārā at Pūcva (Pulchok), 3. Bhuvaneśvarī at Naḥ Bahī (Nakabahil), 4. Bagalāmukhī at Kvanti (Kumbheshwar), 5. Dhumāvatī at Dhum Bāhāḥ (Dhumbahal), 6. Mātaṅgī at Svãtha (Swotha), 7. Chinnamastā at Mvaḥmadu Galli (Momaru Galli), 8. Tripura Sundarī at Cā Bāhāḥ (Chabahal), 9. Kālī at Taṃgaḥ (Tangal), and 10. Tripura Bhairavī at Bāḥlukhā (Bahalukha).
Maitreyaमैत्रेयn. a Bodhisattva worshipped as the future Buddha, who is believed to be residing in the Tuṣita heaven preparing to descend to the earth in the human form 4,000 years after the disappearance of Gautama Buddha (Bhattacharyya 1958: 80). He is sometimes portrayed as white in colour wearing a jaṭāmukuṭa (crown of matted hair). His two hands carry chowrie-jewel in the right and nāgakeśara flower in the left (Bhattacharyya 1958: 78). He is also described as a three-faced, three-eyed and four-armed deity with a gold-like yellow complexion. He is highly ornamented and his right and left faces are of blue and white. He sits in the paryaṅka āsana on an animal. His two principal hands exhibit the dharmacakra mudrā while the other two hands display varada mudrā with the right and carry a fully blown nāgakeśara flower with its branches with the left (Bhattacharyya 1958: 81). It is believed that Śākyamuni Buddha first exhibited the bhaviṣyavyākaraṇa mudrā in announcing that this would be the posture adopted by Maitreya Bodhisattva. This posture appears to be popular among the Newars only, as it does not seem to be mentioned elsewhere.
makaraमकर[S.] n. a water creature, sometimes confounded with crocodile, that is a popular icon in the Newar architecture mostly found in toraṇas and hitis; also referred to as hitimaṃgaḥ.
Makara Saṅkrāntiमकरसङ्क्रान्ति[S.] n. lit. transition into Makara, is the day when the sun moves into the zodiac hosue of Makara (Capricorn), which corresponds to the 1st solar day of Māgha. The day is also known as Māghe Saṅkrānti. On this day, the Newars observe Ghyaḥcāku Saṃlhū while the Tharu community of Nepal celebrate Māghī, the festival of worshipping Sūrya, the Sun deity, on the banks of rivers.
malaḥमल:[New.] var. malakha; n. thunderbolt. In the Newar tradition, a malaḥ is the creatural form of a thunderbolt. Malaḥ, therefore, is also a mythical creature in the Newar tradition that is believed to be like a giant serpent with a large dragon-like head and four limbs that have claws holding precious stones. The concept of this creatural form of thunderbolt probably came from the Chinese dragon, as malaḥ looks very similar to it. Believed to be residing in the skies among the clouds, malaḥ strikes at the time of heavy rain. The striking of malaḥ is locally known as malaḥ jūye, the landing of malaḥ. Newars believe that there are four forms of malaḥ: 1. Gvaṅgaḥ Malaḥ - lit. rooster thunderbolt, which is blindingly bright and its sound can cause people to faint. It is a stroke of lightning that sounds like the crowing of a cock and emits flashes like the comb of the cock; 2. Pā Malaḥ - lit. axe thunderbolt, that, when strikes on something, can chop it as an axe does. It is a stroke of lightning that cuts or splits; 3. Bajra Malaḥ - that, when strikes on something, can crumble it into pieces. It is the symbol of the thunderbolt used in the ritual worship; and, 4. Mi Malaḥ - lit. fire thunderbolt, that, when strikes on something, can cause it to burn. It is a stroke of lightning that causes fire (Mālī NS 1130: 458, Manandhar et al. 1986: 199). The malaḥ design is a popular motif in Newar architecture and jewelry. Malaḥs or dragon patterns are found in carvings on windows and methas while also casted as a part of the suspension of a bell. In jewelry, malaḥ designs are found in gold/silver pendants, lockets, buckles, bracelets, etc.
mandaḥमन्द:[fr. S. maṇḍala] var. maṃdaḥ; n. maṇḍala; circle; a ritual map that outlines the positioning of various deities of the group of the central deity of a mandaḥ. Every mandaḥ is identified with its central deity, who is placed at the center of a yantra design that consists of four entrances at four cardinal points with a toraṇa on top. The central deity, who may be represented by one of his/her implement, is sometimes surrounded by the eight emblems of aṣṭamaṅgala or other related deities usually represented by one of their implements. All of these are seen within a border of frill pattern that is again surrounded by other circles of lotus, vajra and fire known as padmāvalīvajrāvalī and jvālāvalī respectively (Śākya 1120 NS: 63). Some mandaḥs may also contain two additional circles of water and eight charnel grounds called aṣṭaśmaśāna. There is also a unique kāyamandaḥ (lit. mandaḥ of the body) in the Newar tradition that is drawn up for performing mhapujā. This mandaḥ is not related to any deity and consists of eight petals of lotus symbolizing aṣṭamaṅgala in the Buddhist tradition. In the Hindu tradition, a kāyamandaḥ symbolizes three forms of deha (body): a. sthūla deha (the human body), b. sukṣma deha (the human mind), and c. kāraṇa deha (the devine knowledge). The combination of material body and mind makes it a person who then begins to comtemplate on divinities, which in turn enables a being to become devine (Vaidya 1120 NS: 58). A mandaḥ is also taken as the basis for the placement of struts on a temple or monastery. A strut with an image of a certain deity is placed in the same direction as the deity is seen on a mandaḥ of the main deity of that particular temple or monastery. The construction of every caitya is also based on a mandaḥ.
mandaḥpāḥमन्दपा:[New.] n. lit. flat mandaḥ, is a mandaḥ that functions as a seat (āsana) assigned for deities during worships. It is usually made of a flat square stone or metal carved in a way its circular center is slightly raised and is surrounded by eight lotus petals (Mālī NS 1130: 456). Such a stone or metal seat is usually installed permanently where a deity is required to be enshrined for worship. In the case a mandaḥpāḥ is not already installed, the officiating priest sketches it with the finely-grinded stone powder called potāycuṃ.
mandiraमन्दिर[S.] n. temple; a building where a deity is enshrined. Broadly speaking mandira (temple) is referred to a spiritual place where mainly Hindus, Buddhists or Jainas go to worship gods and perform rituals. Many Hindu and Buddhist temples are filled with wooden and stone arts such as Paśupatinātha Temple in the Kathmandu Valley. It is a landmark around which ancient arts, community, celebrations and economy were developed.
Mañjuśrīमञ्जुश्रीvar. Maṃjuśrī; n. widely revered in the Kathmandu Valley as the deity of wisdom, Mañjuśrī is credited to founding a new settlement at a former lake inhabited by the nāgas. In doing so, he formed the valley that is now known as Kathmandu. Popular legends describe him slicing a gorge into the south-western hill of the vale to let the water out of the lake. He is frequently depicted in caityas and dharmadhātu maṇḍalas of the Valley, and is commonly shown holding a sword in his right hand and carrying the Prajñāpāramitā manuscript in his left. The sword symbolises the removal of ignorance, whilst the manuscript represents transcendental wisdom. The Niṣpannayogāvalī describes Mañjuśrī as having three faces - one yellow, one blue and one white - as well as six arms. His three right hands are described as holding a sword, an arrow and performing varada mudra whilst his three left hands hold the Prajñāpāramitā manuscript, a blue lotus and a bow (Bhattacharyya 1958: 95). Mañjuśrī has many forms and many names, such as Mañjuvajra, Mañjughoṣa, Darmadhātuvāgīśvara, etc.
matakalãliमतकलँलिn. see ālamata and matakalaḥ.
matakalaḥमतकल:n. 1) container in which ālamata is hung up to burn. The container is made of clay, tin or paper and is designed to shield the ālamata from the wind. 2) hot-air balloon made of paper that contains a lamp which burns thakurāḥ, a sticky substance that burns very slowly and generates hot air that causes the balloon to fly (Manandhar et al. 1986: 196) .
matayāḥमतया:n. lit. procession of light; procession of devotees that goes round the city of Patan with various offerings to all the Buddhist shrines and caityas. Matayāḥ is hosted by 10 separate localities of Patan on the second of the dark fortnight of Bhādra. Many people take part in Matayāḥ in memory of a deceased family member and offer light or other items to all the shrines and caityas. On the same day, a separate procession of traditional Newar musical instruments is also taken out from the host locality. This procession of naubājā (lit. nine musical instruments) also go round the city of Patan and perform traditional drums like dhāḥdamvaḥkhiṃ, and nyekū, a specially decorated instrument made from large horns of animals.
Maṇigalaमणिगलvar. Maṇigla, Māṇigala, Māṇigla, Mānigvala; n. it is a reference to the Patan Durbar Square, but later it became synonymous to the city of Patan. The first mention of the term Maṇigala comes in an inscription from Kumbheśvara in Patan dated NS 107 (Śākya 2008: 11). The inscription in a statue of Lord Śiva's family refers to the place as Māṇigvala (Tevārī et al. 2020: 24).
maṭhaमठ[S.] n. a hut, cottage, retired hut or cell of an ascetic (or student) (Monier-Williams 1964: 774); abode of ascetics. In the Kathmandu valley, maṭha is a kind of monastery with a courtyard in the middle like in the Buddhist bāhāḥs. People of Girī, Purī, Bhāratī castes, who follow asceticism, live in the maṭhas.
methaमेथ[New.] var. meytha; n. capital of a pillar.
mhadānā vaneguम्हदानावनेगुvar. mhadu dāymhadhū dāy; v. lit. to go about prostrating to measure distance; to prostrate oneself with both arms stretched up straight to join both palms in reverence of any deity. Many devotees used to circumambulate the base of the hill where the Svayambhū Caitya is in such manner. They start prostrating at a point and mark the spot where the tip of their hands reach with an object, get up and prostrate again with their feet touching the marked spot, and continue until they make one full round of the hill.
mhuraḥpauम्हुरःपौ / म्हुरःपउ[New.] n. var. mhuraḥ, mhurapau; eaves fascia. A narrow but long board set against the eaves of the roof; syn. mhutaḥpau.
Micchu Bāhāḥमिच्छुबाहा:

n. a kacābāhāḥ of Kvāḥ Bāhāḥ of Patan.

Old name [Occurance]: Caityavarṇa Mahāvihāra [LAL_1100_0004], Michu Vihāra [LAL_1100_0003]

modakaमोदक[S.] n. a small round sweetmeat (Monier-Williams 1964: 835).
modakapātraमोदकपात्र[S.] n. a pātra containing modaka (small round sweetmeat locally known as laḍḍu). It is usually seen being held by Ganedyaḥ.
moharaमोहरn. monetary unit equivalent to two eight-ānā silver coins, four sukās, 16 ānās or 64 paisās.
mohararupaiyā̃मोहररुपैयाँvar. mohararupaiyāṃ, mohararūpaiyā; often abbreviated as moru, morū, moharu, moharū, moharru, mohorru; n. monetary unit equivalent to two eight-anna silver coins (moharas), four sukās, 16 ānās or 64 paisās (Pant and Pierce 1989: 93). In documents sums are represented in four numerical fractions, with the rupaiyā represented by numbers; the sukās by one to three daṇḍas (vertically straight line) or the avagraha sign representing zero; the ānās by one to three diagonal dashes, sometimes as a loop with two or three jags; the paisās again by daṇḍas or numbers.
mohoraमोहोरn. eight-ānā silver coin.
mokṣaमोक्ष[S.] n. release from worldly existence or transmigration, final or eternal emancipation (Monier-Williams 1964: 835).
mudrāमुद्रा[S.] n. mystic pose of hand or hands. Some of the mudrās can be shown by one hand, such as the varadaabhaya, etc. while others require both hands such as añjalīdharmacakra, and many others. In the Sādhanāmālā, there are descriptions of an overwhelming number of mudrās. But it is very difficult to comprehend them unless actually explained by the priest (Bhattacharyya 1958: 437). The mudrās are nothing but the manifestation of the Bodhicitta, the will to enlightenment. For instance, if protection is needed, Bodhicitta is conceived as the abhaya mudrā; if boon is desired it becomes varada; when instruction in Buddhist Law is required it becomes dharmacakra mudrā (Bhattacharyya 1958: 393).
mukuṭaमुकुट[S.] n. a tiara, diadem, crown (Monier-Williams 1964: 819).
munsīमुन्सी[fr. A. munshí] var. munshi; n. writer, author, teacher or a translator. Munsīs were properly trained scribes and secretaries of the courts.
Munsīkhānāमुन्सीखानाvar. munsīṣānā; n. "House of Munsīs", a government office established by Bhīmasena Thāpā that was responsible for dealing with foreign affairs and correspondences.
murīमुरीvar. muri (New.); n. volumetric unit comprising 20 pāthī(with 8 mānāto a pāthī), equivalent to 90.919 (Pant 2002: 134) or 87.23 (Pant and Pierce 1989: 93) litres.
mvaम्वvar. mamvã; n. rice husk.
mvacvakiम्वच्वकिn. small pieces of rice grains.
mvahamāḥम्वहमा:[fr. Old New. mohamāra] var. mohamāḥ, mvahamāla, mvaḥmāḥ; n. garland of medieval coins usually made of silver; see sukimāḥ.
mvaḥaḥpāम्व:अ:पाvar. mvaḥappā, mvoappā; n. brick with slanting and throating edge (Gutschow et al. 1987: 176). It is one of the many designs of bricks used as part of an elaborate cornice plan.
māaḥpāमाअ:पाvar. māappāmā-ata (old New.); n. brick of relatively large size (lit. main brick).
mācikaṃमाचिकंvar. mācikã; grillwork of windows; diagonal lattice pattern of 90 degrees found in latticed windows; compare icikā.
Māghaमाघ[S.] var. MāgaMāgh (Nep.); n. the 10th month of the calendar adopted by the Vikrama era, which has its full moon in the constellation Māgha. The month corresponds to January-February.
mākaḥdalūमाक:दलूn. lit. a lampstand with a monkey; a flat clay lampstand with a slightly concaved surface at one end and an image of a monkey at the other end. Its two sides are slightly raised so that when a salī (wide-mouthed small clay pot) is overturned on top of the burning wick, it does not put off the flame and an ample amount of soot is collected in it. The soot is then used as Mohani sinhaḥ, a black ṭikā that is put on someone's forehead together with vermillion powder. The process of collecting soot from oil lamp is called Mohani phayguMohani sinhaḥ is used during the Mohani festival of the Newars that coincide with the Dasaĩ and during esoteric worships.
māneमानेvar. mānyā (vernacular); n. prayer wheel; a cylindrical object of prayer that is covered from both ends with a handle on one side and has a six-lettered Buddhist matra 'Om ma ṇi pad me huṃ' embossed on its body. Small mānes are carried by followers of Tibetan Buddhism who continuously turn it while reciting the six-lettered mantra. Larger mānes are installed around the Buddhist shrines where devotees come to turn them. The hollow body of a māne is usually filled with mantras printed thousands of times on paper. One full turn of a māne is believed to equal the recitation of the mantra for as many times as it is printed on papers that are stored inside. Mānes are usually made of brass but there are examples of wooden mānes, which can be seen at the temple of Hāratī Mātā at Svayambhū Caitya.
mānāमानाn. a volumetric unit equivalent to 0.568 litres, or 1/8 of a pāthī.
Mārgaśīrṣaमार्गशीर्ष[S.] var. MārgaMaṅsira/Muṅsir, Mangsir (Nep.); n. the eighth month of the solar calendar abopted by the Vikrama era that corresponds to November-December in which the full moon enters the constellation Mṛga-śiras.
mūbāhāḥमूबाहा:[fr. S. mūlavihāra] n. a Buddhist monastery to which a separate or independent saṃgha is attached which performs its initiations at the concerned bāhāḥ. Usually a mūbāhāḥ has several branch monasteries called kacābāhāḥ. Most of the kacābāhāḥs perform bare chuigu (initiation) ritual at the mūbāhā; see bāhāḥ and kacābāhāḥ.
Mūpātra Jātrāमूपात्रजात्राn. a jātrā observed during the Yẽnyāḥ festival in Bhaktapur. Mūpātra is the demon king who punishes Jayanta, son of Indra, by amputating his hands and tying him by a post at various places in the city. Legend popular in Bhaktapur regards Jayanta as the one who comes to steal coral jasmine (also known as night-flowering jasmine) flowers. He is caught and Mūpātra punishes him. In Kathmandu, Lord Indra is considered to be Yamāḥdyaḥ (var. Yambāḥdyaḥ). However, his son Jayanta is taken as Yamāḥdyaḥ in Bhaktapur. In the legend popular in Kathmandu, Yẽnyāḥ is celebrated commemorating Indra's humiliating parade around the city after being taken prisoner for stealing coral jasmine flowers. In Bhaktapur, on the other hand, Yamāḥdyaḥ is erected at various places as a symbol of Jayanta's fate. Just as the story of Pulukisi (an elephant named Airāvata) coming in search of Indra is popular in Kathmandu, the legend common in Bhaktapur believes that Pulukisi comes to the rescue of Jayanta.
nakhaḥनख:[New.] n. is a general term that refers to major festivals like Mohani (Daśaĩ), Yẽnyāḥ, Pāhāṃ Caḥrhay, etc. Meanwhile, minor festivals like Khāi SaṃlhūGhyaḥcāku Saṃlhu, Cathāḥ, etc., are referred to as cakhaḥ. All the major and minor festivals are collectively referred to as nakhaḥ-cakhaḥ. Nakhaḥ is different from a jātrā, which invariably involves huge commotion due to a certain kind of procession mostly involving a chariot or palanquin. However, a nakhaḥ may include a certain jātrā. For instance, pāyāḥ (sword procession) is taken out during the Mohani Nakhaḥ.
nakhaḥtyāनख:त्या[New.] var. nakhatyā, nakhtyā; n. lit. semi-festival, is an old Newar tradition of post-festival family gathering of married daughters, sisters and their husband. The major festivals see wider participation including the sons-in-law, while in minor festivals, the sons-in-laws are excluded.
nakiṃjhyāḥनकिंझ्या:

var. nakĩjhyāḥ; n. 1) a window with the image of Kumārī.

2) a place in Mahāpāla, Patan named after such a window in Bhelakhu Bāhāḥ (LAL0230).

namaskāraनमस्कार1) an expression of greeting spoken while joining one's both palms together against the chest; namaste is another expression used in the same context and manner. 2) gesture of reverence.
naniननि[New.] var. nanī; n. courtyard; a large courtyard enclosed on all four sides by private buildings but may also include a monastery on one side. A relatively small courtyard enclosed by only four or five houses is called cuka. There are no specific numbers of houses that make a courtyard a nani or cuka. But it appears that a courtyard with more than a dozen houses enclosing it is called a nani. There are exceptions like in the case of Nyāḥ Cuka of Patan, a very large courtyard with dozens of houses, but its name identifies it as a cuka. It is believed that the area had only five houses and hence was named Nyāḥ Cuka or Nyākhā Cuka - a courtyard of five houses. Such courtyards are the center of Newar social life. Most of these brick-laid nanis serve as space for the nani residents for drying paddy after harvest, for children to play, for senior citizens to reflect upon their life with their fellows, etc.
Narasiṃhaनरसिंह[S.] var. Nṛsiṃha; n. lit. a human lion; a demigod with a lion head on a human body. Narasiṃha is revered as the fourth incarnation of Lord Viṣṇu.
Nepālamaṇḍalaनेपालमण्डलn. a reference to a geographical region in central Nepal during the ancient and medieval period that came under the jurisdiction of the ancient Nepāla kingdom. The territory of Nepālamaṇḍala stretched to Tāmākośī (Rāmechāpa) to the east, Triśulī (Nuvākoṭa) to the west, Śivapurī (Gosāī̃kuṇḍa, Rasuvā) to the north and Cisāpānī (Makavānapūra) to the south (Tamoṭa NS 1126: 13). An undatable inscription from Jñāneśvara, Kathmandu installed during the reign of Licchavī King Jayadeva (713-733 CE) mentions 'the adhikaraṇas (courts) within Nepālamaṇḍala', which appears to be the first mention of the term Nepālamaṇḍala in inscriptions (Vajrācārya VS 2030: 574-575). 
Nhaygāṃ Jātrāन्हय्‌गां जात्राvar. Nhaygā̃ Jātrā; n. lit. the jātrā of seven villages, this festival unites seven villages (Kipū, Pāṃgā, Naḥgāṃ, Macchegāṃ, Tapakhyaḥ, Satuṃgaḥ and Bosigāṃ) in the area of Kirtipur and witnesses chariot processions of Indrāyaṇī, Gaṇeśa, Bālakumārī, Biṣṇudevī, etc. It begins on the day of Bakhuṃmada Aṣṭamī, the eighth day of the bright fortnight of Mārgaśīrṣa and is celebrated for three days. Besides the seven villages, other villages from the area like Lhvaṃkhā, Sĩdvaḥ, Gāmcā, Kvādey, Bhājaṃgaḥ, Lanagvala, Yatāgaḥ, Dhũgāṃ, Pāluba and Tikara also observe the Nhaygāṃ Jātrā with equal fanfare and chariot processions. Another festival of seven villages in the Gokarna area of Kathmandu is also called Nhaygāṃ Jātrā. Seven villages in Banepa, Kābhre also collectively observe Nhaygāṃ Jātrā.
nhaytaku 

[to be revised]

n. brick of seven inches (of which two inches have been cut off).

nhāykaṃjhyāḥन्हाय्‌कंझ्या:var. nhāykãjhyāḥ; n. lit. window with a mirror; glazed window.
nhāykaṃlvahaṃन्हाय्‌कंल्वहं[New.] var. nhāykaṃlhvaṃ; n. a plain block of stone that is placed below each of the pillars of a temple or a phalcā. Such stones are therefore a part of the base of the monument.
nikhalā 

[to be revised]

var. nikhalaṃ; n. religious fasting before a śrāddha.

nināḥनिना:[New.] nināla; n. lit. double wing (of a house), is a wooden beam laid in between the two wings of a house. Rows of dhaliṃs (rafters) rest on a nināḥ at the center in traditional Newar building architecture. The other end of the dhaliṃs usually rests on a wall but sometimes may also be placed on another nināḥ. A nināḥ, in turn, rests on a series of thāṃs (pillars) at equal intervals. The Newars perform nināḥ pujā, a worship offered to nināḥ on the day it is laid. The act of laying a nināḥ is called nināḥ svane.
Nirṛtiनिर्ऋति[S.] n. name of a deity who resides in the direction of naiṛtya koṇa (southwest).
nisalāḥनिसला:[fr. old New. nisarāva] var. nislāḥ; a sacred offering to a deity (Malla 2000: 258); an offering to deities or to family priest in the name of a deceased member. The offering includes beaten rice, sweets (usually a jeri), yoghurt, fruits, salt, ginger, turmeric, etc. In Kirtipur, rice grains and flour are also used in the nisalāḥ offering.
nityapūjāनित्यपूजा[S.] daily worship/ritual
Nugaḥyāḥनुग:या:n. lit. procession to Nugaḥ; the chariot procession of Buṅgadyaḥ from Gāḥ Bāhāḥ (LAL0510) to Nugaḥ (Sundhara) that normally takes place on the 6th of the bright fortnight of Vaiśākha. This is the second stop Buṅgadyaḥ makes during his annual chariot procession. A key feature of Nugaḥyāḥ is Buṅgadyaḥ's crossing of Hvakhu, a river believed to have flown from the south to north at Mangal Bazaar ages ago. Although the river is no longer in existence, the tradition of offering a new dhoti (loin cloth) to the deity upon crossing the river is still in practice. On the same occasion, Rājabhaṇḍārīs from Iku Bāhāḥ area in Kathmandu offer a patāḥ to the deity.
Nyākhā Cukaन्याखाचुक

var. Nyakha Chuka, Nyāḥcuka; lit. a courtyard of five houses, it is a large courtyard north of Naka Bahī (LAL0880) in Patan.

Old name [Occurance]: Ṅākhācuka [LAL_1100_0001]

nyāpusikhaḥन्यापुसिख:n. lit. five chains, it is a golden ornament with five chains representing pañcatatva (five elements) worn on either side of the head by a girl mostly on her marriage, but also during pre-menstrual rituals like ihī and bārhāḥ (Mālī 1130 NS: 341). In bridal makeup, two nyāpusikhaḥs always flank a lũsvāṃ, the golden flower, which is another ornament that adorns the center of the head.
nyāsaghaḥन्यासघः[fr. S. nyāsaghaṭa] var. nyāsaghara (Old New.), nyasagha; n. a ritual vessel used for daily nyāsa oblation. The act of pouring water as a symbol of divine power is known as nyāsaghalaṃ luigu (Malla 2000: 263). Nyāsa is a Sanskrit term meaning 'putting down or in, fixing, inserting, applying, etc. (Monier-Williams 1964: 572). In the ritual context, nyāsa usually refers to the essence of a deity that is removed or reentered into the statue at times of renovations or consecration of a new statue. Nyāsaghaḥ is used to pour the five nectars (pañcāmṛta) onto the statues of deities during their holy bathing ceremony.
nāgaनाग[S.] n. serpent. In Hinduism, Buddhism and Jainism, the nāgas are divine, semi-divine deities, or a semi-divine race of half-human half-serpent beings that reside in the netherworld (pātāla) or in the world of nāgas (nāgaloka) and can occasionally take human form. They are principally depicted in three forms: wholly humans with snakes on the heads and necks; common serpents or as half-human half-snake beings. Viṣṇu is originally portrayed in the form sheltered by Śeṣanāga or reclining on Śeṣa, but the iconography has been extended to other deities as well, e.g., Śiva is often shown garlanded with a snake and the serpent is a common feature in Ganedyaḥ iconography.
Nālā Karuṇāmayaनालाकरुणामयn. Karuṇāmaya of Nālā, Kābhrepalañcoka. Although he is enshrined at a temple outside the Kathmandu Valley, he is still considered one among the four Karuṇāmayas of the valley. His idol is also carried on a small palanquin for the annual procession; syn. Sṛṣṭikāntā Lokeśvara.
Nāmasaṅgītiनामसङ्गीतिn. hymn of praise dedicated to Mañjuśrī. It is the short form of āryamañjuśrīnāmasaṅgīti. The verses of nāmasaṅgīti is actually a recitation of the names of Mañjuśrī. Therefore, it is the song of 812 names of Mañjuśrī described in the form of a mantra-letters to be sung in the right manner (Vajrācārya 2006: b). A twelve-armed image highly revered by the Buddhists is the deification of the nāmasaṅgīti hymn. The deity is also known by the same name Nāmasaṅgīti.
Nāsaḥdyaḥनास:द्य:[fr. old New. Nāśvaradeva] n. lit. the deity of nāsaḥ (charm, grace and ability to be the center of attraction), Nāsaḥdyaḥ is widely revered by the students of dance, drama and music, as nāsaḥ is the chief quality they need to possess if they are to succeed in the field. Nāsaḥdyaḥ is, therefore, a unique deity of amorphous nature usually represented only by a triangular or oblong hole on a wall in the Newar pantheon. The center of worship is a hole or several holes through which divine energy flows, spiritually perceived by Nāsaḥdyaḥ's devotees. In all adjacent walls and buildings in front of and behind the shrine these holes (nāsaḥpvāḥ) continue like a flight path which must not be blocked, either by buildings or humans. While performing a nāsaḥpujā, the devotee steps a little aside to avoid interference with the subtle flow. This practice and the concept of a linear progression of divine energy prompts one to suspect that origin of the Nāsaḥdyaḥ worship is a pre-Hindu tradition (Wegner 1992: 125). Every new session of lessons on Newar musical instruments or rehearsals of dance and drama begins with the worship of Nāsaḥdyaḥ. He is known as Nṛtyeśvara in Sanskrit.
nāsaḥpvāḥनास:प्वा:n. narrow oblong opening in walls for admitting passage of the Nāsaḥdyaḥ.
nāuloनाउलो[D.] a water tank in the Doteli languages of far-western Nepal.
nāykhiṃनाय्‌खिंvar. nāykhiṃbājaṃnāykhiṃbājā; n. lit. the drum of nāy (nāyaḥ), the Newar butcher caste; a two-headed drum of varying shape (barrel to cylindrical), played with a stick and a flat left hand, and the pair of sichyāḥ cymbals which are called kā̃y by the nāy community that prefers to identify themselves as nāyaḥ these days. The expressions range from mere signals to the extreme sadness of sībājaṃ (death music) or to the rhythmic ecstasy and joyful indulgement of calti (a dance piece) (Wegner 1988: 9); see sībājaṃ.
nāḥgvaḥना:ग्व:[New.] n. raised or embossed design (Gutschow et al. 1987: 50). A quarter-round or semi-round design mostly found on caityas and sometimes in the house of gods as well. The design may also contain patterns of scales to give it a serpentine look. In most cases, a nāḥgvaḥ represents a serpent, who is believed to be binding the monument to keep it strong. Usually, the nāḥgvaḥ design is quarter-round in shape in caityas and semi-round in the house of gods. When found at the base of a caitya, the nāḥgvaḥ design may also contain the head and tail of a serpent intertwined in the northern side. The design is not found in Licchavi caityas.
Om Namo Ratnatrayāyaॐनमो रत्नत्रयायvar. Ratnatrayāyaḥ; n. lit. three gems, i.e., the Buddha, the Dharma and the Saṃgha. The Buddha, his teachings (Dharma) and the monastic associations (Saṃgha) are collectively known as Ratnatraya, or the three gems of Buddhism. The Buddhists offer homage to the Ratnatraya before the start of any auspicious event. 'Om Namo Ratnatrayāya' is a common phrase used at the beginning of any inscription installed by any Buddhist devotee/s.
padmaपद्म[S.] n. 1) a lotus, especially the Nelumbium Speciosum (not the plant itself, but the flower which closes towards the evening; often confounded with the water-lily or Nymphaea Alba) (Monier-Williams 1964: 584). 2) iconographically, a lotus, which may be of any color except blue. The blue lotus is designated by the word utpala or nīlotpala. In tantric works, padma is the day lotus while utpala stands for the night lotus. When the lotus shows petals in both upper and lower directions, it is called viśvapadma or double lotus. Padma indicates purity of descent (Bhattacharyya 1958: 437). Philosophically, padma symbolizes purity and cleansed nature that one must aspire to attain in the sense that one must not allow the environment around to change one's nature just as a lotus blooms out from dirty water but manages to keep itself clean. 3) the form or figure of a lotus made of stone that marks up the space in a bāhāḥ on which the thapāḥju sits for rituals that require fire oblation. Small figure of padma of stone or brass is placed in front of a house to mark as its pikhālakhu. 4) one of the symbols of aṣṭamaṅgala referred to as puṇḍarika.
Padmapāṇi Lokeśvaraपद्मपाणिलोकेश्वर[S.] n. lit. a Lokeśvara holding a padma (lotus) in his hand; is one of the names Buṅgadyaḥ of Patan is known with. He is seen standing on a lotus holding a stalk of a full-blown padma in his left hand and exhibiting the varada mudrā by his right hand (Bhattacharyya 1958: 431). He belongs to the padma family that is presided over by AmitābhaPadma is the symbol of this family and the color assigned to this family is red (Bhattacharyya 1958: 51). Therefore, Padmapāṇi Lokeśvara holds a padma in his hand and is red in color.
padmāvalīपद्मावली[S.] n. ring of lotus petals. It is an element usually seen on a mandaḥ, which contains multiple rings of fire (jvālāvalī), vajra (vajrāvalī), lotus petals, etc. The term is also used to denote a style of caitya with multiple rings of lotus petals. It is the element of five or seven successive rings of lotus petals. For more on padmāvalī caitya, see Gutschow 1997, p. 271-277.
paisāपैसाn. monetary unit equivalent to one-fourth of an ānā, and consisting of four dāmas.
pakanāyपकनाय्n. 1) name of Ganedyaḥ in Pakanājola, Kathmandu, who is believed to improve the taste and quality of the Newar liquors like aylāḥ and thvã. 2) a ritual worship which is performed at the Gaṇeśa shrines of Buinā Gaṇeśa (LAL0279) in Patan and Pakanāydyaḥ in Pakanājola, Kathmandu. Locals believe that the deity enshrined at these temples makes their liquor stronger and tastier. A small portion of the liquor prepared for an important feast is put aside ahead of the feast. After the completion of the feast, the host organizes another small gathering for the worship of the deity and offer previously set aside liquor to the deity as a mark of gratitude for enhancing its taste and quality. The worship is known as pakanāypujā.
pakhiपखिn. see ãyguĩ.
palehaḥपलेह:n. petal or leaf of a lotus.
palehaḥcāपलेह:चाn. 1) small lotus leaf. 2) pattern of lotus leaves.
palesvāṃपलेस्वांn. lotus; see padma.
palāपला[fr. S. pala] n. a particular measure of time (= 1/60 ghaṭi, i.e. 1/60 of 24 minutes) (Monier-Williams 1964: 609).
pañcacaityaपञ्चचैत्यvar. paṃcacaitya; n. lit. five caityas; a reference to a set of five caityas.
pañcacaitya bhaṭṭārakaपञ्चचैत्यभट्टारकn. a reference to a set of five caityas as seen in Cilancva Caitya (KIR0001), Kirtipur.
pañcamahāpātakaपञ्चमहापातकn. the five great sins: killing a Brahmin, drinking intoxicating liquor, stealing, committing adultery with the wife of one's teacher or elder, and associating with anyone guilty of these crimes. In inscriptions, it is mentioned that if anyone violates the rules stated in the inscription and/or destroys or hampers the monument, the five great sins will cling to the person and will have to bear the consequences.
pañcāmṛtaपञ्चामृत[S.] var. panchamrit; n. lit. five nectars of immortality, is a mixture of five kinds of divine food: milk, coagulated or sour milk, butter, honey, and sugar. Pañcāmṛta also means something that contains five ingredients or the aggregate of any five drugs of supposed efficacy (Monier-Williams 1964: 578). However, in the religious and cultural context, pañcāmṛta means a mixture of milk, yoghurt, ghee, honey and sugar.
paraśuपरशु[S.] n. an axe, hatchet, an emblem of Gaṇeśa, who is therefore known as Paraśudhara, the axe-bearer, as well.
paryaṅkaपर्यङ्कn. a particular mode of sitting on the ground (a squatting position assumed by ascetics and Buddhists in meditation) (Monier-Williams 1964: 607); an āsana (posture or attitude exhibited by the lower limbs); there are three forms of paryaṅka āsanaparyaṅkaardhaparyaṅka and vajraparyaṅkaParyaṅkāsana is a sitting posture with two legs placed upon one another with both soles invisible. On the other hand, vajraparyaṅkāsana is a meditative pose with the two legs firmly locked with both soles apparent like the characteristic sitting attitude of the pañcabuddha. It is also known as dhyānāsana or vajrāsana (Bhattacharyya 1958: 435). Ardhaparyaṅkāsana literally means semi-paryaṅkāsana in which both legs are on the same pedestal with one knee raised while the other is bent in the usual meditative pose of the Buddha. Also known as mahārājalīlāardhaparyaṅkāsana is different from lalitāsana in which one leg is pendant while the other is bent in the usual position of the Buddha (Bhattacharyya 1958: 432).
pasukāपसुकाvar. pasūkā; n. a compound term derived from Sanskrit term pañca (five) and Newar term sutikā (thread of cotton), pasukā is ritual garland of five-colored thread worn during pūjās. The threads of five colors white, blue, yellow, red and green represent five wisdoms of pañcabuddha (Vajracharya et al. NA: 25). Pasukā is also used as the medium through which the essence of a deity passes during the consecration or deconsecration of any idol or caitya.
pasukājhyāḥपसुकाझ्या:var. pasūkājhyāḥ; n. window with a row of three or five small openings. Pasukājhyāḥ can be seen both in residential buildings and monasteries mostly on the first floor. A row of three openings symbolize the Buddha, Dharma (Buddha's teachings) and Saṃgha (monastic association), while the row of five openings symbolize the pañcabuddha.
pati1पतिn. 1) batten. 2) cover moulding (Gutschow et al. 1987: 52). oblong veneer, split wood (for fixing panes into window frames).
pati2पतिn. usually called dhaupati, it is a pair of small shallow brass pot for curd that is placed on a pujābhaḥ (worship tray) along with other items like rice, flowers, vermillion powder, etc. while offering sagaṃ (blessing) on the occasion of someone's birthday, marriage, jaṃko ritual, etc.; syn. dhaupatu.
patināḥgvaḥपतिना:ग्व:n. 1) band of wood. 2) rounded pattern on a wood plank (Gutschow et al. 1987: 52).
patāḥपता:n. flag; banner; narrow oblong cloth or silver strip that is hung from the top of a temple or a yaḥsĩ (ceremonial pole).
patāḥchāपता:छाn. lit. offering of a patāḥ, it is a ceremony of installing a patāḥ on a temple.
pauvālīपौवालीvar. paubālī; n. a caretaker or guard of a phalcā or sataḥ (Mālī NS 1130: 374).
Pauṣaपौष[S.] var. PuṣaPusa (Nep.); n. the ninth month of the solar calendar adopted by the Vikrama era that corresponds to December-January when the full moon is in the asterism Puṣya.
pañcabuddhaपञ्चबुद्धn. lit. the five Buddhas, who are also referred to as pañcatathāgata (five Tathāgatas) or pañcadhyānībuddhas (the five meditating Buddhas). They are: Vairocana, Akṣobhya, Ratnasambhava, Amitābha and Amoghasiddhi. They are the most prominent of all deities found on caityas of the Kathmandu Valley. Vairocana (var. Vailocana) is white in color, who exhibits dharmacakra mudrā, represents water of pañcatattva (five basic elements) and resides in Vajradhātu Bhuvana. His position is at the center and therefore usually not seen on caityas. But when he does appear, he is enshrined at the south-east corner as seen on the Svayambhū Caitya. His vehicle is lion. Akṣobhya is blue in color, who exhibits bhūmisparśa mudrā, represents the sky (space) and resides in Abhirati Bhuvana. He faces east and rides an elephant. Ratnasambhava is yellow in color, who exhibits varada mudra, represents earth and resides in the Ratnavati Bhuvana. He faces south and rides a horse. Amitābha is red in color, who exhibits dhyāna mudra, represents fire and resides in the Sukhāvatī Bhuvana. He faces west and rides a peacock. Amoghasiddhi is green in color, who exhibits abhaya mudra, represents air and resides in the Amoghavati Bhuvana. He faces north and rides a Garuḍa. On his remarks on the pañcabuddha, Gellner states that unlike Śākyamuni and the supposedly historical Buddhas of the other world eras, the pañcabuddhas do not appear as human beings. They are, in a sense, cosmic principles. All aspects of the universe can be classified in a pentadic fashion, under the heading of one or other of the pañcabuddha (Gutschow 1997: 13).
Pañcadāna/Pañjrāṃपञ्चदान/पञ्ज्रांvar. Paṃcadāna, Pañjadāna; n. lit. offering of five items in charity; a Buddhist festival of charity observed on the 8th of the bright fortnight of Śrāvaṇa in Patan, and on the 14th of the dark fortnight of Bhādra in Kathmandu and Bhaktapur. Although widely understood as the festival of donating five items like rice, wheat, etc., the actual name of the festival is pañjāsti, a compound of pañja (rice cooked in milk; kṣīra in Sanskrit) and asti (the 8th day of a lunar fortnight) (Vajrācārya 2017: 80). An inscription from Kani Bāhāḥ (LAL2240) in Patan refers to the festival as Pañjā-asti (LAL2240_I_001). Śākyas and Vajrācāryas walk round the city, receiving alms on the respective days; locally known as Pañjrāṃ and Pañjāṣṭamī.
pãlaपँलvar. paḥchi; n. meas. measure of weight (200 grams).
paḥkūप:कूn. cornice, ornament in plaster.
Paṃmāyपंमाय्var. Paḥmāy, Paḥmāṃ, Paṃmāṃ, ; n. Pradhāna (Pradhan), a Newar caste of the Śreṣṭhas (Shrestha).
phakali 

[to be revised]

LAL2110

phalcāफल्चा[New.] var. pharephalephalacā; n. wayside shelter, one-storeyed building open towards the street for religious or social functions (see, KSND s.v. phalcā and Gutschow et al. 1987: 57), for travellers, rest-house. Phalcā, which is little more than roofed rectangular platform, “usually a lean-to in the towns, but free-standing along the trails” (cf. Slusser 1982, vol. 1: 146); compare sataḥ.
phirphircāफिर्फिर्चाn. lathed rods (eaves or window) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 57); small decorative wooden rods with lathed designs, usually installed underneath a verandah.
phujāफुजाn. uppermost roof of a temple; balconied pinnacle found in āgaṃchẽ (Gutschow et al. 1987: 117). Similar structure is found also in bahī architecture usually referred to as pula; syn. phucā.
phyaḥaḥpāफ्य:अ:पाn. cornice brick.
phãफँ[fr. old New. pha] n. 1) a pot used to measure eight mānās. 2) volumetric unit of eight mānās; syn. phachi.
Phālgunaफाल्गुन[S.] var. Phāguna, Phāgun (Nep.), Phālguṇa; the 11th month of the solar calendar adopted by the Vikrama era that corresponds to February-March during which the full moon stands in the constellation Phālgunī.
phūlapātīफूलपाती[fr. S. phulla patra] var. phulpati; n. lit. flowers and leaves, it is a bundle of plants introduced into the worship arena on the seventh day of the Dasaĩ festival.
piपिn. painter’s brush (Gutschow et al. 1987: 54).
pikalvahaṃ 

[to be revised]

n. stone plate to sharpen tools (used by drum makers).

pikhaluपिखलुn. outer entrance of a palace.
pikhāपिखाn. lit. outer house; a house facing a lane (Gutschow et al. 1987: 54).
pikhāchẽपिखाछेँn. extension of a building (Gutschow et al. 1987: 54).
pikhālakhuपिखालखु

n. 1) a spot usually marked by a stone lotus in front of the main entrance outside the eaves of roof. It is considered to be a guardian deity and has many functions. After the cremation of a deceased family member, the other members on their return from the cremation ground go through a purificatory ritual called baliṃ pīgu at pikhālakhu before they enter the house. This is done with the belief that any evil spirit that may have accompanied them from the cremation ground are cleansed before they enter the house. Also on the seventh-day ritual called nhaynumā performed in memory of the deceased, rice and other food items are discarded at pikhālakhu.

2) common entrance of a courtyard (Gutschow et al. 1987: 54-55).

pikhālakhudyaḥपिखालखुद्य:n. Lord Kumāra, who is represented by a small stone usually in the form of a lotus placed in front of the main entrance. Pikhālakhudyaḥ is also considered as a kṣetrapāla, a guardian deity.
pikhālukhāपिखालुखाn. entrance of a courtyard.
pitṛपितृ[S.] var. pitri; n. ancestors of an individual or progenitors of mankind in general. Śrāddha ritual is performed in honour of such ancestors and the oblation to them is called piṇḍa.
piṇḍaपिण्ड[S.] n. balls of rice, wheat or barley offered to the ancestors during the śrāddha rites.
prabhāmaṇḍalaप्रभामण्डल[S.] n. a circle or crown of rays (Monier-Williams 1964: 684).
Prajñāpārāmitāप्रज्ञापारमिताn. lit. perfection of knowledge, it is the manuscript that elucidate the fundamental philosophy of Buddhism - the concept of śūnya (voidness). It is a Mahāyāna scripture restored from the nether regions by Nāgārjuna in the second century AD (Bhattacharyya 1958: 197). The scripture or the knowledge contained in the scripture is deified into an image of a goddess with four arms and yellow in colour. Her two principal hands display the dharmacakra mudrā. Her other left hand holds the Prajñāpāramitā scripture on a lotus while the other right hand holds cintāmaṇi banner (Bhattacharyya 1958: 326). Prajñāpāramitā, as a deity, also represents the Dharma of the Buddhist trinity and her image is found to the right of the image of the Buddha.
pramāṇaप्रमाणvar. pramāna; n. authority, ministerial post in the Malla period (Malla 2000: 302).
prasthaप्रस्थ[S.] var. pra; n. 1) a particular weight and measure of capacity (= 32 palas or = ¼ of an āḍhaka; or = 16 palas = 4 kuḍavas = ¼ of an āḍhaka; or = 2 śarāvas; or = 6 palas; or = 1/16 of a droṇa) (Monier-Williams 1964: 699). 2) A volumetric unit; 32 prasthas = 1 mānikā (Malla 2000: 386). Also called paṃ or paṃchi, it is also mentioned as pāthī. A tradition of accepting a measure of 4 kuḍa/kuḍavas is equivalent to 1 prastha has continued from the ancient to medieval period and is still being accepted today (Ḍhuṅgela and Pradhānāṅga 2056 VS: 236).
prasādaप्रसाद[S.] n. food items offered to a deity that are given back to devotees as propitiatory offering or gift from the deity.
pratipadāप्रतिपदा[S.] n. the first day of both fortnights of the lunar calendar; syn. pāru, parevā (New.).
pratyālīḍhaप्रत्यालीढ[S.] adj. a posture or attitude of legs opposite of ālīḍha, i.e. the left leg is outstretched while the right is slightly bent and placed behind (Bhattacharyya 1958: 432). The pratyālīḍha posture signifies destruction and disgust (Bhattacharyya 1958: 390).
pravacanaप्रवचनn. a sermon that is based on a holy scripture or religious literature delivered by a priest or scholar. A pravacana may be an independent programme or a part of a bigger religious service.
pretaप्रेतn. ethereal form assumed by a dead man during the period between death and union with his or her ancestors (pitṛ) (Gutschow and Michaels 2005, p. 215).
pujāपुजा

[S.] var. pūjā; n. 1) worship, honour.

2) formal expression of reverence to a deity or a venerable being by performing certain ritual accompanied by various items in offering.

pujābhaḥपुजाभ:n. a tray of worship items like flowers, incense, rice, etc. that a devotee carries to a shrine for a regular worship; see kalaḥ.
pulaपुलvar. pura, pulacā; n. a small tower made in the style of a tiered temple with a finial directly above the gandhurī devatā (main deity) of a bahī; see phujā.
PURPP/LMCपीयूआरपीपी/एलएमसीn. the acronym stands for the Pro-Poor Urban Regeneration Pilot Project that comes under the Japan Social Development Fund of the World Bank and the Lalitpur Metropolitan City.
pyaṃgaḥ thūraप्यंग:  थूरn. lit. four stūpas; it is the collective reference to the four stūpas at the four cardinal points of Patan that are believed to have been commissioned by Maurya Emperor Aśoka to be constructed.  They are: Tetā Thūra (east), Lagaṃ Thūra (south), Pūcva Thūra (west) and Ībahī Thūra (north). It is also believed that he constructed a fifth stūpa at the center, which many believe is the Pim Bāhāḥ caitya. Historically, Aśoka's visit to the Kathmandu valley cannot be proved, but probably his daughter Cārumatī was the one who got these thūras constructed at the instruction of her father. She is also credited for the construction of Dhando caitya (Cāybahī Stūpa) and Cārumatī vihar in Cābahila (Chabahil), Kathmandu. Also referred to as Dharmadeva caitya, the Dhando caitya's renovation in 2002 helped recover a brick with an inscription 'Cāruvatī Thūpa' in the Brahmi script along with a line drawing of a dharmacakra on top (Darnāla 2005: 51).
pyāḥaḥpāप्याःअःपाvar. pyāḥappā; n. lit. wet brick; unbaked brick.
pādasthāpanāपादस्थापना[S.] n. laying of the foundation.
pādukāपादुकाn. lit. shoe or slipper; an impression or relief of the feet of any deity usually made of stone.
Pāhāṃ Caḥrhayपाहांच:ह्रय्var. Pāṃ CaḥrhayPāhā̃ CarhayPāhā̃ Carhe; n. the 14th of the dark fortnight of Caitra when the Newars worship Lord Śiva in the form of Lukumahādyaḥ, the hiding Śiva. On the night of Pāhāṃ Caḥrhay, the area of Lukumahādyaḥ is cleaned and lights are offered. He is then offered red and yellow flowers, smoking incense and foods that include meat, garlic and alcoholic drink, otherwise rather disliked by Lord Śiva. Since garlic plays a major role in the offering, the day is sometimes known as labhā (lābhānakhaḥ, the festival of garlic (Michaels 1992: 194). People also consume a lot of garlic on this day. The day is known as Lukuṃ Caḥrhay (var. Lakhuṃ Caḥrhay) in Patan; syn. Pāśā Caḥrhay (var. Pāsā Caḥrhe), Piśāca CaturdaśīPreta Caturdaśī.
pālcāपाल्चाvar. pālācāpalcha; n. small wide-mouthed lamp usually made of clay that is filled with oil and an itāḥ (cotton wick) to light it. Ghyaḥdevā, on the other hand, is also a kind of lamp that is usually made of metals like brass or copper and is often filled with ghee instead of oil. A pālcā is flat in shape without any base but ghyaḥdevā is always relatively taller in shape due to the invariable presence of a base.
pālāḥaḥpāपाला:अ:पाvar. pālāḥappā; n. uncut brick.
Pānejuपानेजु[New.] var. Pāñju, Pānju; n. priests of Buṅgadyaḥ (Rāto Matsyendranātha). They hail from Bungamati and belong to the Vajrācārya and Śākya castes. Their organization, Śrī 32 Pāneju Saṃgha, looks after the roll of serving at the deity's shrine for each member of the organization, which has 32 seats. One seat belongs to Śrī, the Buṅgadyaḥ himself, and the remaining 31 seats go to 24 Śākya Pānejus and 7 Vajracārya Pānejus of Bungamati. In case of the death of a Pāneju, a Śākya Pāneju is replaced by another Śākya and a Vajrācarya by another Vajracārya Pāneju. The Guṭhī Saṃsthāna office of Patan carries out the appointment of a new Pāneju known as 'Pāneju baḍhābaḍha' in an auction-like manner, where the highest bidder for a salāmī amount gets the vacant seat. At times, when there was more than one aspirant for the vacant post, the bidding went up to hundreds of thousands of rupees.
pāsaḥपास:[fr. old New. pvāsara/pvāsala] n. meas. quantity that can be taken in the cupped hands; a handful of something.
pāsaḥbhvay 

[to be revised]

var. pāsabhvaja; n. ceremony observed on the twelfth day after a death.

pāthīपाथीn. a volumetric unit equivalent to 4.546 litres comprising of 8 mānās.
pātraपात्र[S.] n. ceremonial bowl of brass or silver, used as a substitute for kapālapātra (skull cup), for keeping consecrated wine or fermented beer during secret tantric ceremonies. Its contents are often used as a blessing by the initiates of tantric empowerments (Vajracharya et al. NA: 25); syn. pātrakhvālā.
pātrakhvālāपात्रख्वालाvar. pātrakhvalā; n. 1) skull covered by gold or silver used in tantric rituals to put ritual elements such as alcohol. 2) ceremonial bowl of brass or silver; see pātra.
pāyaḥपाय:

n. 1) person who carries a sword in a trance during a sword procession called pāyāḥ.

2) silver anklet for young girls (Mālī 1130 NS: 358).

3) anklet flower in block pattern (carving) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 54).

pāyāḥपाया:n. sword procession that is taken out during the Mohani (that coincides with the Dasaĩ) festival. In Patan, Thasimalaḥ Pāyaḥ is the most anticipated pāyāḥ that is taken out on the ninth day of the bright fortnight of Āśvīna. The pāyāḥ commences from Mahālakṣmī temple (LAL0020) in Thasikhyaḥ with a pāyaḥ carrying a sword with both of his hands in a trance while another person carries a severed head of a buffalo sacrificed before the start of the procession that concludes at the Patan Durbar Square. There were other annual processions of pāyaḥ in Patan like Lāykū PāyāḥTaḥjhyāḥ Pāyāḥ, etc. But they have stopped being taken out. Another unique pāyāḥ is taken out in Su Bāhāḥ (LAL1920) area when the main thakāli of the sanāḥguthi (funeral association) of the local jyāpus passes away. On the day of Lakhuṃcaḥrhay (the 14th day of the dark fortnight of Caitra), the pāyāḥ is taken out from the residence of the deceased thakāli. A pāyaḥ comes out carrying items used by the sanāḥguthi. Another unique pāyāḥ is taken out in Asana area of Kathmandu on the 11th day of the bright fortnight of Āśvina. The youngest boy among the Tulādharas of Asan who has undergone the jaṃko ritual leads the pāyāḥ procession by carrying a small sword. Also known as macāpāyāḥ (sword procession of a child), the procession is taken out from the dyaḥchẽ of Tulādharas in Asana that goes round the area and returns to the dyaḥchẽ to conclude the pāyāḥ. The boy pāyaḥ then cuts a bhuyūphasi (a variety of pumpkin) that has a face of a demon painted on it. The pāyāḥ concludes after all other male members of the Tulādhara clan of Asana strike a blow to the bhuyūphasi with their sword.
pāśaपाश[S.] the noose as attribute of Śiva or Yama; noose or lasso; when a vajra is attached at its end, it is called vajrapāśa or the adamantine noose. The noose is required to bind the host of the māras and all other wicked beings (Bhattacharyya 1958: 437).
pā̃ymvaḥपाँय्‌म्व:[New.] n. gold or silver coin stamped with a certain image that may or may not be issued by the authority of a government and is not used as money. Non-government organizations may also issue a pā̃ymvaḥ to commemorate any event like the centennial birth anniversary of an important figure.
pāṭīपाटी[Nep.] see phalcā.
pīṭhaपीठ[S.] n. seat of aṣṭamātṛkā; usually unhewn stones are seen as a manifestation of these eight mother goddesses at their shrines that may be open with only a demarcation of the shrine area, or a proper temple. The Newar cities are established under the protection of the aṣṭamātṛkā deities at the four cardinal and the four intermediate points. There are three sets of aṣṭamātṛkā shrines (i.e. 24 shrines in total) that offer the protection; the first surrounds the Kathmandu city while the second surrounds the entire Kathmandu valley and the third surrounds the places beyond the valley that were formerly under the dominion of the Newar kings. Among the Vajrācāryas, there is a tradition of visiting all 24 pīṭhas in a year with one shrine being visited every half of the lunar month. The tradition is called pīṭhapujā (Gutschow and Bajracharya 1977: 4).
Pūcvaपूच्व

var.Pūco, Puchwa, Pulchok/Pulchowk (Nep.); n. lit. a mound [outside] a city, it is a place in Patan where the Aśoka Stūpa West (LAL0610) is situated.

Old name [Occurance]: Pulacva/Pulaco [LAL_1100_0004]

Pūcva Thūraपूच्वथूरvar. Pūco Thūra; n. the stūpa in the west from among the four stūpas at the cardinal points of Patan; syn. Pulcoka (Pulchok) Stūpa, Aśoka Stūpa West.
pūrṇakalaśaपूर्णकलश[S.] n. lit. a complete kalaśa; ritual vessel that is complete in the sense that it contains all eight emblems of aṣṭamaṅgala. A pūrṇakalaśa can be divided into three parts: the base, the pot body and the entrance. The base features one of the eight emblems, puṇḍarika (padma), while the pot body contains three emblems śrīvatsamatsyayugma and kalaśa. The remaining four emblems–śaṃkhacāmaradhvaja and chatra–can be seen at the entrance or the opening on the top of the vessel. They represent the eight Bodhisattvas who are regularly featured in caityas. A pūrṇakalaśa is known by other names like bhadraghaṭasādhanakalaśasarvārthasiddhakalaśasuvarṇakalaśa and aṣṭamaṅgalayuktakalaśa (Śākya 1089 NS: 120). Iconic representation of pūrṇakalaśa can be seen on either side of the golden gate at the Bhaktapur Durbar Square. The Vatsalā temple in front of the Golden Gate has a stone pūrṇakalaśa as its main deity. The Annapūrṇa temple at Asana, Kathmandu also contains a silver pūrṇakalaśa as the main deity.
rathaरथ[S.] var. rath; n. chariot; see khaḥ.
Ratiरतिn. lit. desire, passion, love; personified as a celestial nymph (apsarā). She is the wife of Kāmadeva. Rati is known by many epithets including Māyāvatī (deceiver), Rāgalaṭa (vine of love), Kelikilā (wanton) (Stutley 1977: 248).
ratnanyāsaरत्नन्यास[S.] n. ritual deposition of jewels during the construction of a new caitya. Upon the base of a caitya under construction, a lotus throne is established with a plate as its top. The plate has 13 cavities (koṣṭha), which are arranged as a mandaḥ. A deity is projected into each cavity. For each deity, a particular jewel is deposited in its cavity. The ritual, therefore, is known as ratnanyāsa (von Rospatt 1999: 124).
Ratnasambhavaरत्नसम्भवn. one of the five dhyānī Buddhas who faces south; see pañcabuddha.
Rañjanāरञ्जनाvar. Raṃjanā; n. highly decorative script originated in the Kathmandu valley in the 11th century that is considered to be divine and used mostly for writing mantras and holy scriptures. Some believe that it is the calligraphic version of Nepāla Lipi, the script adopted by the Newars. There are many examples of manuscripts of Prajñāpāramitā written in Rañjanā script in the Kathmandu valley.
roho thusāरोहोथुसा[old New.] n. stone statue of a bull.
ropanīरोपनी[fr. S.] var. ropani; n. unit of land measurement in the hill region, including the Kathmandu Valley, comprising four murīs. The area may vary according to the grade, but the current standard area for a ropanī comprises 5,476 square feet (Regmi 1999: 235). In the medieval inscriptions of the Kathmandu Valley, the term ropanī is usually represented by its short form 'rova' or 'ro'. This comes right after the name of the place the land is from and is followed by the area of the land written both in long-hand and numerically. For instance, 'Aphala Kṣetra rova sva 3' is written to mean 'three (3) ropanīs [of land from] the Aphala region'. Sometimes 'bu rova'  may also be used; this literally means 'ropanīs of land'.
rudrīरुद्रीn. special worship of Lord Śiva.
rājalīlāsanaराजलीलासन[S.] var. rājalīlā āsana; n. pose of princely ease (Bhattacharyya 1958: 228). It  is also known as mahārājalīlā āsana but ardhaparyaṅka āsana is widely used to refer to this posture.
sadābartaसदाबर्त[S. sadāvrata] var. sadāvartta, sadāvarta, sadābartta; n. 1) regular distribution of alms or food to mendicants, guests, pilgrims or the poor (Adhikari 1984: 356). 2) a kitchen where raw or cooked food is supplied to these groups (Regmi 1978: 864). 3) a charitable foundation for the provision of food to poor, mendicants and pilgrims (Regmi 2002: 302). 4) a place where food is distributed regularly to ascetics, mendicants, guests, etc. (Parājulī and Śarmā 2067: 1223).
sagaṃसगंvar. sagan, sagun (Nep.); n. an offering of a boiled egg and dry-heated fish symbolizing blessings and goodwill. Sagaṃ is offered on auspicious occasions like birthdays and marriages, and also before starting any important feat or after its accomplishment. A person making a long journey also receives sagaṃ with the belief that it will keep him/her safe from any untoward incidents. The person usually receives sagaṃ after the completion of the journey as well. A sinhaḥ is put on the forehead of the person who receives sagaṃ. After ritual worship of the person, s/he is offered a boiled egg and dry-heated fish, along with aylāḥ and sometimes vaḥ (patty of black lentil) as well. Sometimes the person is also gifted a new dress on the occasion. A sagaṃ of khyẽy (egg) is known as khyẽy sagaṃ. When sagaṃ is offered with the presence of dhau (yogurt), it is called dhau sagaṃ. The whole process takes place in front of a lit sukundā.
sakhvāḥसख्वा:

var. sakhvā; n. 1) lime used for a white-wash.

2) mixture of lime and brick dust used as brick plaster.

sakhvāḥpāसख्वा:पाvar. sakhvāpā; n. annual ceremony during which a Buddhist stūpa receives a white-wash of lime.
Sakimanā Punhiसकिमनापुन्हिn. the full moon day of Kārtika. The Newars observe a minor festival with the same name on this day and consume hi (sweet potato) and saki (arum root) on this day. Various figural designs of pūrṇakalaśa, etc. made out of halimali (dry-heated grains and legumes) are exhibited at monastic buildings and shrines on this day. The exhibition is known as halimali bvaygu. The tradition of offering ālamata that starts from the previous full moon called Kati Punhi also comes to an end on this day; syn. Sakimilā Punhi, Hisaki Punhi, Halimali Punhi.
samabhaṅgaसमभङ्ग[S.] n. lit. without bending or inflection; is a posture having equipoised body where the right and the left of the figure are disposed symmetrically, the sutra or plumbline passing through the navel from the crown of the head to a point midway between the heels (Stella 2009: 119); see tribhaṅga
samapādaसमपादn. lit. even feet, it is the position of feet and legs of a standing image. The samapāda posture is mentioned as having straight legs. In this position the distance between the feet is of 1 tāla (Nardi 2006: 99). One tāla is a span measured by the thumb and middle finger (Monier-Williams 1964: 445).
samayसमय्[New.] var. samaybajisamhay n. set of ceremonial (ritual) food items including black soybeans, beaten rice mixed with puffed rice, spiced roasted meat and ginger that is offered to a deity and then consumed by devotees as prasādaSamay is required for esoteric worships at āgaṃ in addition to the regular items for worship. These items for an esoteric worship is usually carried on a kalaḥ.
samaybajiसमय्‌बजिn. a set of food items unique to the Newars that include a handful of beaten rice topped by puffed rice, black soybeans and ginger pieces. They are supplemented by dishes like boiled potatoes, chvaylā (roasted spicy meat pieces), green vegetable of mustard, beans, pickles usually made of radish, and a patty of black lentil. Samaybaji set is usually served after a major worship, but is also a choice of food on other occasions. It is always served with aylāḥ (homemade alcohol); compare samay.
Samyak Mahādānaसम्यक्महादानn. lit. the 'great righteous charity'; a periodic ceremony of alms-giving carried out in a grand manner. An act often considered as one of the ten perfections an individual requires to achieve to attain Buddhahood, Samyak Mahādāna is a series of activities that include preparation and gathering of deities (mostly Dīpaṅkara Buddha images), their welcome at the venue and subsequent seating at their respective spots, and the alms-giving that is sponsored occasionally as a special act of merit by a private donor, or regularly by the concerned guthiSamyak Mahādāna is organized once in every twelve years at Bhuikhyaḥ near the Svayambhū Caitya in Kathmandu, in every five years at Nāga Bāhāḥ in Patan, and annually at Thathu Bahī in Bhaktapur.
sanadaसनदvar. sanad; n. a regulation, order, decree or certificate of appointment, esp. from the prime minister or the commander-in-chief general; "government orders" (Karmacharya 2001: 327); syn. sanadapatra
sanāḥसना:

var. sanāṃsanāsanhāḥ; n. 1) bathing, ablution.

2) act of going to cremation ground by a river.

sanāḥ vaneसना:  वनेvar. sanā vane; v. to take part in a funeral procession and take a ritual bath at the river after the cremation of the body.
sanāḥguthiसना:गुथिvar. sanāguthi; n. funeral guthi. Every sanāḥguthi covers a certain area of the city, that is, the seniormost male member of the family from that area becomes a member of the respective sanāḥguthi. When any member of the sanāḥguthi or his family member passes away, the other members of the respective sanāḥguthi organize a funeral procession for the deceased and also cremate the body at dipa (cremation ground). In the case of a large number of members, a sanāḥguthi may also be divided into subgroups and each group takes turn in organizing funeral procession. The guthi also organizes a feast for all the members once a year; syn. sīguthi.
Saptapura Mahāvihāraसप्तपुरमहाविहार

var. Saptapur Mahavihar; Sanskrit name of Cikaṃ Bahī.

Old name [Occurance]: Saptapurī Vihāra [LAL_4108_0001]

Sarasvatīसरस्वतीn. the deity of knowledge and wisdom often characterized by her holding of a vīṇā (a musical instrument) and riding of a swan.
sataḥसत:[fr. old New. satarasataresatala] var. sattala (Nep.); n. 1) an inn, a public resting-place (Malla 2000: 479). 2) A building or house designated for charity to be used by religious people, mendicants, and ascetics (Manandhar et al. 1986: 246). Although resembling a private building, a sataḥ usually has a large window at the center flanked by smaller windows. Mostly of two floors with an open ground floor similar to that of a phalcā, a sataḥ usually has a deity enshrined on the first floor. For instance, two non-existing sataḥs in Patan still have deities attached to a wall. An image of Bhagavatī can be seen attached to the outer wall of the building at the right corner of the road leading to Pyaṃgaḥthāṃ from Gāḥbāhā. The building used to be a sataḥ and the deity was enshrined on its first floor. Another non-existing sataḥ in Dhālāchẽ, Patan also has two images covered with dhakiṃs (curtain covering a deity behind) on the eastern and northern walls where the sataḥ once stood. In most cases, a sataḥ is the residence for the jogī community.
Satva Pujāसत्वपुजाn. ritual of expressing reverence to Avalokiteśvara and Tārā in seven stages popularly known as the Saptavidhānottara (SaptavidhānaPujā.  The seven stages are: vandanā (profound obeisance), pūjanā (worship), pāpadeśanā (confession of sin), anumodanā (concurrence of acts of merit of oneself and others), adhyeṣaṇā (beseeching for turning the Wheel of the Dharma), yācanā (prayer for welfare and peace of all sentient beings) and bodhicittotpādanā (cultivation of will for deliverance all beings from sorrow) (Vajrācārya et al. nd: 1-6). Satva Pujā is performed on occasions like someone's birthday or if someone is sick. Pujā items must always be present while performing a Satva Pujā, but Saptavidhāna Pujā may also be performed as a mental worship, that is, a worship performed by the mind without the involvement of any pujā items. Therefore, Satva Pujā can be termed as a part of Saptavidhāna Pujā (Vajrācārya et al. nd: 9).
Satyabhāmāसत्यभामाn. lit. having true lustre, is the name of a daughter of Satrājita and one of the eight wives of Kṛṣṇa (Monier-Williams 1964: 1136). She is said to have accompanied Kṛṣṇa to the heavenly abode of Indra. She persuaded Kṛṣṇa to take away the Pārijāta tree from the heaven, which led to a fight between the two deities that Indra lost (Geaves 2008: 775).
sãjhyāḥ सँझ्याःvar. saṃjhyāḥ; bay window (protruding and slightly slanting); syn. bhvasūjhyāḥ (Gutschow et al. 1987: 73-74).
saṃghaसंघ[S.] var. saṅgha; n. 1) monastic association; number of people or inhabitants living together. The term is most commonly used to refer to the order of Buddhist monks and nuns of Theravāda tradition. In the context of the Newars of the Kathmandu valley, all bāhāḥs and bahīs are inhabited and tended to by initiated members of Śākyas and Vajrācāryas, who are householder monks residing in and around the respective monastery to form its saṃgha. The bare chuigu ritual formally inducts a boy to the saṃgha of his monastery, keeps him in line to take his turn to serve as the dyaḥpāḥlāḥ (guardian of the main deity), and paves way for him to eventually become an āḥju (elder) of the monastery during the later half of his life. Some of the monasteries are very strict in the induction of a new member and do not allow boys from an inter-caste marriage to be initiated at the monastery. 2) one of the Buddhist trinity: the Buddha, the Dharma (his teachings) and the Saṃgha (monastic association)̣. In bāhās and bahīs, besides the image of the Buddha, one can see the personification of the Dharma in the form of the image of Prajñāpāramitā seen to the right and the Saṃgha in the form of an image of Ṣaḍakṣarī Lokeśvara to the left of the Buddha.
saṃghabhvayसंघभ्वय्var. saṅghabhvay; n. colloquially known as sambhvay, it is the annual feast of a Buddhist monastery. All the male members of the concerned bāhāḥ or bahī who have undergone the bare chuigu ritual are eligible to attend the saṃghabhvay. Every monastery has a separate day assigned for saṃghabhvay. In a monastery with a large number of saṃgha members, a group of the members takes their turn to host the feast. If a monastery has a small number of members, one of the members hosts the saṃghabhvay for all of the saṃgha members.
saṃlhūसंल्हू[New.] var. sãlhu, sãnhu, saṃnhū, saṃkrāntī (Nep.); n. the first day of the months adopted by the Vikrama Era; the first solar day of a month. Two of the saṃlhūs have special importance in the Newar culture. Khāi Saṃlhū, the 1st of Vaiśākha, is observed by drinking kvāti, a drink made of fine particles of rice cooked together with sundried radish and radish seeds. Ghyaḥcāku Saṃlhū, the 1st of Māgha, is another important saṃlhū that is observed by consuming molasses and ghee. People are also anointed by mustard oil on this day.
Saṃlhū Guthiसंल्हूगुथिn. a guthi formed to observe certain worships on saṃlhū.
Saṅkaṭāसंकटाn. a deity revered as the reliever of crises (saṅkaṭa) including all forms of fears, ill-fate and obstacles. Therefore, he is popularly knowns as Saṅkaṭā, but is also referred to as Caṇḍaroṣaṇa, Mahācaṇḍaroṣaṇa, Caṇḍamahāroṣaṇa and Acala. He is one-faced, two-armed and is squint-eyed. His face appears terrible with bare fangs. He wears a jeweled headdress, bites his lips and wears on his crown a garland of severed heads. His eyes are slightly red, and he carries the sword in his right hand and a noose round the raised index finger against the chest in the left. His sacred thread consists of a white snake; he is clad in tiger-skin and wears jewels. His left leg touches the ground while the right is slightly raised. He bears on his crown an effigy of Akṣobhya, as Saṅkaṭā is believed to have emanated from him (Bhattacharyya 1958: 154-155). Although the tantras mention that he is always represented in yab-yum, his image at the Ilā Nani Digi (LAL1090) is represented singly.
sichyāḥसिछ्या:[New. (Bhaktapur dialect)] n. pair of cymbals (Wegner 1988: 108); cymbals that are played together with nāykhiṃ; see chusyāḥ.
sicācupiसिचाचुपिn. knife to cut the edges of a brick ruffian (Gutschow et al. 1987: 75).
sigalimāḥ 

[to be revised]

n. necklace of silver coins to decorate a deity during a procession.

siliṃlūaḥpāसिलिंलूअ:पाvar. silĩlu-appā; n. multi-edged brick (Gutschow et al. 1987: 75).
Sillāसिल्ला[New.] n. the fourth month according to the Newar lunar calendar that falls around February. The month begins with the bright fortnight called Sillā Thva that corresponds to the bright fortnight of Māgha, while its dark fortnight, Sillā , corresponds to the dark fortnight of Phālguna. The full moon day of Sillā is known as Sipunhi. Śrīpañcamī and Silā Caḥrhay are also observed this month.
Silā Caḥrhay / Śivarātrīसिलाच:ह्रय् / शिवरात्रीn. literally, Silā Caḥrhay means the 14th of the dark fortnight of Phālguna (Sillā). It is a Newar name of a festival held in honor of Śiva (Manandhar et al. 1986: 262). The day and the festival is also known as Śivarātrī (lit. Śiva's night) or Mahāśivarātrī (lit. Great Śiva's night). Śivarātrī is one of the four rātrīs (nights) that receive special mention in the Vedic tradition. The Śiva Purāṇa, a Hindu literature that glorifies Śiva, mentions a story of a hunter named Gurudruha, who, although committing many sins like arbitrary acts of hunting animals and looting people, is absolved of all his sins after accidentally offering libation of water to a śivaliṅga on the night of Śivarātrī (Ṭaṇḍana VS 2053: 157-158). People visit the shrines and temples of Śiva to observe solemn fasts and worship the deity also known as the destroyer throughout the day and night. In the Kathmandu valley, people block the road to collect toll from the vehicles passing by the whole day. The money hence collected is used to set a bonfire in the evening and prepare sweet dishes on the bonfire to be shared among the locals. The purāṇa literatures contain references that suggest that Śiva is fond of bonfires, which is why bonfires are set on Śivarātrī (Ṭaṇḍana VS 2053: 160).
sinhaḥसिन्ह:

[New.] var. ṭikā (Nep.); n. 1) vermillion powder used for putting a circular mark with the tip of a finger or thumb at the centre of the forehead as blessings from elders or deities during festivals and rituals. Sinhaḥ, in general, refers to vermillion powder that is sometimes called hyāũsinhaḥ to categorically mention the colour red. Powders of saffron and yellow colors are also used as sinhaḥ on various occasions. They are known as bhuyūsinhaḥ and mhāsusinhaḥ respectively. Rice grains mixed with vermillion powder and curd are also used as sinhaḥ that is known as jākisinhaḥ.

2) a vermillion mark on the forehead.

sinhaḥmūसिन्ह:मू[fr. old New. siṃdhramuṃṅasidhraṃmusidharamu] n. ritual container of vermillion powder that usually comes into use in pair with jvalānhāykaṃ. It has five tiers of concentric rings – the largest at the bottom and the smallest at the top – that serve as the cover for the container.
siṃcāसिंचाn. figure of a protective lion (sculpture at a gate or mask in a procession, often partied with a ‘dhũcā’, a tiger).
siṃmvaḥसिंम्व:n. lion-faced base for a window frame (Gutschow et al. 1987: 75).
Sthānagaṇeśaस्थानगणेशn. lit. Gaṇeśa of the locality; every Newar locality has a separate shrine of Ganedyaḥ, which is the Sthānagaṇeśa of that ṭola. In the Newar tradition, any auspicious occasion at home requires offering a special worship to Ganedyaḥ. Such worship is offered to only the Sthānagaṇeśa of the ṭola where the house is, even though there are other shrines of the deity in the area. Sthānagaṇeśa is therefore important because no household of the locality can offer such familial worships to a shrine other than the Sthānagaṇeśa.
stūpaस्तूप[S.] n. a stupa; a monumental heap or mound of earth or bricks etc. raised in memory of the Buddha or any Buddhist monk that may also contain relics of the Buddha underneath. When Śākyamuni Buddha passed away in 483 BC, his lay devotees divided and erected stūpas over his cremated remains in his honor. The stūpa evolved from a simple funerary mound to symbolize the parinirvāṇa (death), to mark a sacred site associated with the Buddha, his earthly possessions, or other holy persons. Some scholars have suggested that the stūpa is an expression of the Mount Meru cosmology (Irons 2008: 23). A stūpa is different from a caitya in the sense that its mound is of considerable size that is only structurally similar to dome of a caityaStūpa is not constructed on the basis of a mandaḥ, but a caitya is always based on a mandaḥ; syn. thūra (New.).
suसुn. meas. course of bricks.
subbāसुब्बाvar. subā; n. governor or chief administrative officer of a province or district (M.R. Pant 2002: 135). According to Edwards, subbās were stationed at Gorkha and Chitwan, “with five others being administrators in the Terai” (Edwards 1975: 106). Edwards further mentions that “men of subba rank were also assigned in the capital to the Kumari Chowk, and Kat Bhandar offices, where they were the deputies of the kājī and kapardāra in charge” (ibid.).
subedāraसुबेदारn. commander of a military company (cf. M.C. Regmi 1999: 137) consisting of 100 soldiers (N.R. Pant et al. 1969: 383), often placed in charge of a district (M.R. Pant 2002: 136; M.C. Regmi 1978: 229). According to Stiller (1981: 382), he is [below the subbā] the second highest commissioned officer, and, according to Whelpton (1991: 286), he is immediately senior to the jamadāra.
sukhāsanaसुखासन[S.] cross-legged sitting posture in haṭha yoga, sometimes used for meditation in both Buddhism and Hinduism (lit. easy pose). The word sukhāsana means any easy attitude of sitting. It may be paryaṅkāsanalalitāsana or ardhaparyaṅkāsana (Bhattacharyya 1958: 433).
sukimāḥसुकिमा:[fr. Old New. sukimāra] var. śukimāra, sukīmāra; n. garland of medieval coins worth a quarter of a rupee; see mvahamāḥ.
sukundāसुकुन्दाvar. sukuṃdā; n. ceremonial oil lamp with a receptacle for storing oil that also has an image of Ganedyaḥ under the protection of a hood of 5 or 7 conjoined serpents while their body serves as an ornate handle. A lit sukundā is an indispensable item in any Newar worship, as it marks the presence of Ganedyaḥ.
sukāसुकाn. 1) monetary unit worth one fourth of a rupee and comprising four ānās.
sunābirtāसुनाबिर्ताn. privately owned land which is liable to some taxation (cf. Whelpton 1991: 286). This form of land grants emerged when raikara (state owned) land was sold to individuals, and they were originally tax free and inheritable. Pṛthvīnārāyaṇa Śāha levied taxes on such lands in the Kathmandu Valley (cf. Regmi 1964: 39-40).
svastikaस्वस्तिक[S.] n. a kind of mystical mark made on persons or things to denote good luck (it is shaped like a Greek cross with the extremities of the four arms bent round in the same direction) (Monier-Williams 1964: 1283).
Syākvatyākvaस्याक्वत्याक्वvar. syākutyāku; n. the ninth day of the Mohani festival of the Newars when animals are sacrificed at various shrines of power goddesses. Buddhists, on the other hand, cut sugarcanes, radish, ginger or bhuyūphasi (a variety of pumpkin) in the āgaṃ, symbolizing the killing of ill will and deeds against others. The day coincides with Mahānavamī, the ninth day of the Dasaĩ festival.
syāḥbajiस्या:बजि[New.] var. siyabaji, syabaji; n. puffed rice; derived from siyābaji, which literally means dry-heated beaten rice, syāḥbaji is actually dry-heated rice that is taken as a form of baji (beaten rice). Syāḥbaji is an important item of samay that is prepared for esoteric worships. Syāḥbaji is also used in samaybaji.
sākhaḥti / pāṃtiसाख:ति / पांति[New.] var. sākhati; n. a mixture of water and coarse brown sugar that people offer others to drink especially on Akṣaya Tṛtīyā.
sībājaṃसीबाजंvar. sībājã; n. a class of musical instrument used in funeral processions (the most important of which is the drum called nāykhiṃ) (Manandhar et al. 1986: 263).
sīkāḥbhūसीका:भू

n. a feast organized after an animal sacrifice is offered to any deity and the thakālis (seniors) of the respective guthi get a share of the parts of the sacrificed animal's body, especially the head (Mālī 1130 NS: 572).

 

sīsvāṃसीस्वांvar. sīsvā̃; wax-flower; artificial flower usually shaped like an umbrella offered to the Buddha images.
Sūryaसूर्य[S.] n. the sun; the sun deity often seen riding a chariot driven by seven horses along with Candra, the moon deity, riding a chariot driven by seven swans on either side of the main entrance of a monastery; New. Surdyaḥ, Suldyaḥ.
takhtājhyāḥतख्ताझ्या:var. takhtājhyāla; see taujhyāḥ.
tamasukaतमसुकvar. tamasuktamsuk; n. a deed of loan transaction.
tasūjhyāḥ 

[to be revised]

n. window with a decorative extra frame.

tauchẽतउछेँ/तौछेँn. terraced house (Gutschow et al. 1987: 38).
taujhyāḥतौझ्या:n. slightly projecting window. Such a window projects with its wooden frame (about 20-30 cm), but does not slope (Gutschow et al. 1987: 214); syn. bãsājhyāḥ.
Tavajhyāraतवझ्यार[old New.] var. Tavajhyāla; n. a place named Taḥjhyāḥ in Patan.
taṃkāतंका[Old. New.] var. ṭaṃkā, ṭaṅkā, taṅkā, takā (Mod. New.); a unit of money widely understood as synonymous with the rupee. For instance, five taṃkā is understood as five takā at the present day, which means five rupees.
teliyā ĩṭāतेलियाइँटा[Nep.] n. lit. brick [containing] oil; floor tile; see cikaṃaḥpā.
Tetā Thūraतेताथूरvar. Tyatā Thūra; n. the stūpa in the east from among the four stūpas at the cardinal points of Patan; syn. Aśoka Stūpa East.
thakulāṃथकुलांvar. thakulā̃; n. secondary or tertiary lintel of window or door; syn. cakulāṃcvakulāṃ (Gutschow et al. 1987: 42).
thakāliथकालि

var. thaṃkāḍithaṃkādithaṃkādīthaṃkāli (Old New.), thakālī (Nep.); n. 1) an individual who is senior in terms of age.

2) the most senior member of a guthi.

thakūlvahaṃथकूल्वहंvar. thakūlvahãthakūlhvaṃ; n. stone lintel (Gutschow et al. 1987: 42).
thanājaḥdhuṃ 

[to be revised]

var. thanājaḥdhuṃthanājaḥrhũ; water reservoir, water storage pot with a tap (made of stone) by the road.

thapāḥjuथपा:जु[New.] n. the most senior of the elders (āḥju) of a monastery. In bāhāḥs, the most senior āḥju is always a Vajrācārya, who is also called casalāḥju, a derivative of Cakreśvara āju. This, however, does not apply to a bāhāḥ that does not have a Vajrācārya member.
thapāḥju luiguथपा:जु लुइगुvar. thapāḥju luyegu; v. inauguration of a thapāḥju; a ceremony held after the death of the incumbent thapāḥju in which the āḥju who is second in line to the position takes on this role.
thapāḥāḥjuथपा:आ:जुn. the most senior elder of a monastery; see thapāḥju.
tharapāथरपा[old New.] n. see thapāḥju.
Thiṃlāथिंलाn. the second month according to the Newar lunar calendar that falls around December. The month begins with the bright fortnight called Thiṃlā Thva that corresponds to the bright fortnight of Mārgaśīrṣa while its dark fortnight, Thiṃlā , corresponds to the dark fortnight of Pauṣa. The full moon day of Thiṃlā is observed as Yaḥmari Punhi. Disi Puja also falls in this month.
thusāथुसाn. a bull; gold gilded statue of a bull.
thvaथ्वvar. thvaḥthvaka; n. suffix used with the Newar names of the lunar months to denote the bright fortnight (śuklapakṣa); see .
thvãथ्वँ[New.] n. homemade spirituous liquor prepared from fermented rice.
thyāsaphūथ्यासफूn. lit. folded manuscript; general term for handwritten manuscripts. Thyāsaphū actually refers to manuscripts that are written on a long paper that is folded several times to form multiple pages. A manuscript that is written on pages that are detached from one another is called byaṃsaphū (lit. detached manuscript). However, this term rarely comes into general use and, therefore, such manuscripts are also commonly known as thyāsaphū.

 
thāpiṃथापिं[fr. old New. thāpinathāpinapothāpini] n. a kind of container for ritual liquor (Malla 2000: 201). A ritual container without a spout made of brass or clay used to keep thvã (fermented beer) during esoteric Buddhist worships. Thāpiṃ is also used at times of giving sagaṃ (blessings) to someone on auspicious occasions like birthdays, marriages, etc. Another container very similar to thāpiṃ but with a spout is called dhālā, which is also used to keep thvã, but for the purpose of serving it during feasts and not in a ritual.
thāpujāथापुजा[fr. S. sthāpanā pūjā] n. a great worship with jars placed in proper positions. The act of performing such a worship is known as thāhāy (Śreṣṭhācārya et al. 2054 VS: 158). Special worship of Hāratī Ajimā, the goddess of children's diseases enshrined at Svayambhū, is also known as thāpujā (Manandhar et al. 1986: 101).
thāṃथां[New.] var. thāma; n. pillar or post. A series of thāṃs are erected at equal intervals to bear the load of a nināḥ. A metha (capital) is usually sandwiched between a thāṃ and nināḥ. In the temple architecture, thāṃs and methas are invariably carved with specific patterns of decoration. See Gutschow et al. 1987: p. 242-243 for the details of such decorative patterns found on thāṃs.
tikijhyāḥतिकिझ्या:var. tikājhyāḥ; n. latticed window.
tolāतोलाn. a unit of weight and standard measure for gold and silver comprising 11.6638038 grams.
toraṇaतोरण[S.] var. toran, tvalaṃ (New.); n. the ornamented arch of a door or gateway. A toraṇa is primarily an ornamental sculptural arch that surmounts the entrance to a temple or sacred space. Its decorative purpose takes precedence over any functional or structural role. The central figure of the toraṇa typically depicts the primary deity enshrined within the main sanctum of the temple. Additional anthropomorphic figures, such as Chepu, Garuḍa, or makara (a crocodile-like creature with an upturned snout), and nāgakanyā (serpent maidens), further embellish the toraṇa. While most toraṇas in the Kathmandu valley are crafted from wood, some may be clad in brass or gilt copper sheets. Although their primary function appears to be ornamental, toraṇas also hold religious and philosophical significance. Passing beneath a toraṇa's arch marks a symbolic transition into the sacred precinct.
toraṇathāṃतोरणथांvar. tvalaṃthāṃ, tolaṃthāṃ (New); n. pillar that bears the load of a toraṇa.
trayodaśabhuvanaत्रयोदशभुवन[S.] n. lit. 13 worlds; pinnacle of a caitya consisting of 13 tiers representing the 13 worlds. It is the spire of 13 tiers of concentric rings on a caitya with the largest at the bottom and the smallest at the top. There are caityas with a pinnacle consisting lesser number of tiers as well. A caitya with five tiers is a Śrāvakabhūmicaitya, which is a reference to a lay person. A caitya with seven tiers is a Pratyekabhūmicaitya, which commemorates every person who lives in seclusion and obtains emancipation for himself only. A caitya with 11 tiers is called Mahāyānabhūmicaitya, a reference to Mahāyāna doctrine, and a caitya with 13 tiers is called Vajrayānabhūmicaitya that refers to Vajrayāna doctrine. The 13th tier is identified as vajrabhūmi, the ultimate stage of spiritual development (Gutschow 1997: 23).
trayodaśabhūmīत्रयोदशभूमीn. lit. thirteen lands; thirteen tiers seen on the finial of a caitya; see trayodaśabhuvana.
trayodaśīत्रयोदशी[S.] n. the thirteenth day of a fortnight of the lunar calendar.
tribhaṅgaत्रिभङ्गvar. tribhaṃga; n. lit. thrice-bent; standing posture in which the body bends in one direction at the knees and the hip bends to the other direction while the neck and shoulders again bend to the opposite direction of the bend at the hips.

 
trikhājhyāḥत्रिखाझ्या:n. window with a row of three small openings usually found on the first floor of a monastery or rest house.
Triratnaत्रिरत्न[S.] n. lit. triple gems, is the trinity of Buddhism representing the Buddha, the Dharma, and the Saṃgha. While Buddha signifies the Buddha himself, the Dharma refers to his teachings and the Saṃgha represents monastic associations.
tulasīतुलसी[S.] n. the sacred plant ocimum basilicum, also known as holy basil said to have been produced from the hair of the goddess Tulasī and held in veneration by the worshippers of Lord Viṣṇu.
tulasī caukoतुलसीचौकोn. a platform raised round the sacred plant ocimum basilicum (tulasī).
tulasī maṭhaतुलसीमठn. a little raised place where the sacred plant ocimum basilicum (tulasī) is grown for worship.
tunāḥतुना:var. tunāla; n. eaves strut; syn. tunāḥsĩ.
tutaḥतुत:[fr. S. stotra] var. stuti (nep.); n. hymn of praise written and recited in veneration of any deity. A tutaḥ is meant for recitation usually by a group of devotees in front of any deity. It is different from a bhajana performance, as no musical instrument is involved during the recitation of tutaḥ, a collection of verses that usually rhyme. Although tutaḥ is recited without music, sometimes it may be accompanied by a tāḥ.
tvākaḥत्वाक:var. tvākala; n. block of wood used as base.
tvāḥत्वा:[New.] var. tvālatvaḥ; see ṭola.
tyamāṃ khvāḥpāḥत्यमांख्वाःपाःn. a wooden mask of Vīrakuśa that is displayed as part of the bahīdyaḥ bvaygu exhibition at Khusi Bahī (KAT3190), Kathmandu.
tādalūतादलूn. lit. nailed lampstand; lampstand made of brass that can be nailed on a wall or on a pillar. There are various types of dalū, a lampstand that has slightly concaved round or oval surface where one can pour oil, put a cotton wick and light its tip. Tādalū is nailed on a wall or pillar. Khādalū is hung by a metal chain on a rafter below roof eaves right in front of a window. Cākaḥdalū is a host of dalūs lined around a shrine or caityaDalū is used only to offer light to deities or caitya; it is not used for the purpose of lightening a room.
tāḥता:n. a pair of small but thick cymbals held only with the thumb and index finger of both hands to beat time in music. During a bhajana performances, tāḥ usually accompanies khiṃ drum together with jhyāliTāḥ alone may also come into use during the recitation of tutaḥ; syn. tiṃchu; see bhusyāḥchusyāḥ and sichyāḥ.
tīrthaतीर्थ[S.] n. place of pilgrimage on the banks of sacred streams (Monier-Williams 1964: p. 449). Water fords at and around the confluences of rivers, ponds, etc. taken as holy sites for bathing where people take ritual baths.
ugaḥउग:n. wooden mortar mostly used to prepare baji (beaten rice), a popular Newar food item, by boiling paddy and then flattening it by pounding in an ugaḥ with a wooden pestle.
Umāmaheśvaraउमामहेश्वरn. Lord Śiva and his wife Goddess Pārvatī are collectively known as Umāmaheśvara. In the images, Umā, another name of Goddess Pārvatī, is seen sitting to the left of Lord Śiva, who is also known as Maheśvara.
upākhāउपाखा

n. 1) processional route (around Kathmandu) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 20).

2) place outside the city; syn. upāku. There is a tradition of going round the city offering a pālcā (small oil lamp of clay) at every crossroad and shrines in the name of a deceased family member. The tradition is called upākhā ulegu (Mālī 1130 NS: 63).

utaउतn. straw pile (Gutschow et al. 1987: 20); syn. sugaḥ.
uyeउये

var. uiuigu; vt. 1) to bake (bricks, earthen pots).

2) to cremate.

uṣṇīṣa cūḍāmaṇiउष्णीषचूडामणिn. crest jewel; round and topmost part of the finial of a caitya.
Vairocanaवैरोचनvar. Vailocana; n. one of the five dhyānī Buddhas who remains at the center; see pañcabuddha.
vaiśyaवैश्य[S.] n. 1) a community that takes up the occupation of agriculture, commerce, animal husbandry, etc. as per the social condition of the ancient āryas (Parājulī et al. 2010: 1175). 2) third grade in the caste-based Hindu social hierarchy (Kumar 1967: 168).
Vaiśākhaवैशाख[S.] var. BaisākBaisākh (Nep.); n. first month of the solar calendar adopted by the Vikrama era that corresponds to April-May.
Vaiṣṇavaवैष्णव

[S.] n. 1) relating, belonging, devoted or consecrated to Lord Viṣṇu.

2) person who follows Vaishnavism.

vajraवज्र[S.] n. thunderbolt, a key ritual instrument in Vajrayāna Buddhism. A ritual object used by Vajrayāna masters during various empowerment sessions and life-cycle rituals, symbolizing the union of wisdom and skill in means (Vajracharya et al. NA: 28). When two thunderbolts are crossed, it is called viśvavajra or a double vajra. In Buddhist tantra, vajra generally designates śūnya or void, which cannot be cut, cannot be destroyed, but which destroys all evils (Bhattacharyya 1958: 440).
Vajradharaवज्रधरn. lit. holder of a vajra; Vajradhara is depicted as a single-faced deity with two arms. He is usually shown sitting cross-legged, holding a vajra in his right hand and a ghaṇṭa in the left. In these depictions, both of his arms are crossed in front of his chest in the gesture of vajrahuṅkāra mudrā. However, the Niṣpannayogāvalī offers a rather different description. Here, Vajradhara is described as having three faces. His main face is described as reddish-white whilst the right and left are blue and red respectively. This form of Vajradhara also has six arms. His two main hands carry a vajra and a ghaṇṭa and are shown embracing prajñā (śakti). His two remaining  right hands carry a sword and an aṅkuśa (hook), whilst his left hands hold a kapāla and a noose. Vajradhara stands in the ardhaparyaṅka āsana position, performing the tāṇḍava dance which exhibits the nine dramatic sentiments (Bhattacharyya 1958: 44). In some traditions, he is revered as the Ādibuddha.
vajradhātu caityaवज्रधातुचैत्यn. a caitya constructed on the basis of the vajradhātu maṇḍala. In the course of constructing a caitya, a maṇḍala is traced on the ground to perform the ritual of sūtrapātana (the sanctification of the building ground), while a maṇḍala each is employed for other rituals like pādasthāpanā (laying of the foundation) as well as ratnanyāsa (ritual deposition of jewels). These maṇḍalas are based on vajradhātu maṇḍala (von Rospatt 2010: 235).
vajradhātu maṇdalaवज्रधातुमण्डल[S.] var. bajradhātu maṇḍalavajradhātu mandaḥ (New.); n. one of the most popular mandaḥs (maṇḍala) in the Kathmandu Valley. Many of the caityas found here have been constructed based on the vajradhātu maṇḍalaVairocana is the central deity of this maṇḍala and here is shown with four faces and eight arms, thus taking the form of Vajradhātu (Bhattacharyya 1958: 54). As such, the mandaḥ is known as the maṇḍala of Vajradhātu; correspondingly, the caityas constructed on the basis of the vajradhātu maṇḍala are known as vajradhātu caityas. Altogether, the vajradhātu maṇḍala has 53 deities, including, but not limited to, the pañcabuddha and their consorts, as well as the 16 great Bodhisattvas (Tachikawa 1991: 1074).
vajraghaṇṭaवज्रघण्ट[S.] n. a bell surmounted by a vajra. This is a symbol of Vajrasattva (Bhattacharyya 1958: 435).
vajrahuṅkāra mudraवज्रहुङ्कारमुद्राn. a gesture in which the wrists are crossed at the chest whilst the hands hold a vajra and a ghaṇṭa, both of which are turned inwards. When the two items and the hands are turned to face outwards, this gesture is called trailokyavijaya mudrā (Bhattacharyya 1958: 440).
Vajrasattvaवज्रसत्त्वn. lit. a vajra being; having a soul or heart made of adamant (Monier-Williams 1964: 914); widely revered as the Ādibuddha, the highest deity of the Newar Buddhist pantheon. Vajrasattva sits cross-legged, holding a vajra in his right hand with the palm turned upwards against his chest whilst his left hand holds a ghaṇṭa and rests on his left thigh. He is white in colour and is regarded as the sixth dhyāni Buddha - considered to be the priest of the pañcabuddha - and is therefore represented by the priestly symbols of the vajra and the ghaṇṭa. He is regarded as an embodiment of the five skandhas (constituent elements) (Bhattacharyya 1958: 48).
Vajrayoginīवज्रयोगिनीvar. Vajrajoginī; n. an important deity in the Buddhist tradition, who can be seen in three forms. In one form, she is headless and carries her own head while in another form, her head is intact. Her headless form is yellow in color, who carries in her left hand her own head severed by herself with her own kartṛ held in her right hand. She is nude, and her right leg is stretched while the left is bent down. She is accompanied by two Yoginīs on either side of her. She also has two other forms: the red and the yellow. In the red form, she stands in ālīḍha attitude, rides a corpse, is nude and has three eyes with protruding belly and tongue. She carries kapāla in her left hand a vajra in her right, while a khaṭvāṅga hangs from her left shoulder. In her yellow form, she carries a kartṛ and kapāla while other features are identical to the red form (Bhattacharyya 1958: 248). The Hindus burrowed Vajrayoginī from the Buddhist pantheon and incorporated her into their own as Chinnamastā (Bhattacharyya 1958: 1). She is known as Ucheyma in the Tibetan tradition. There are two temples, one in Sakva (Sankhu) and the other in Phampi (Pharping), dedicated to her in the Kathmandu Valley.
vañjalāवञ्जलाvar. vaṃjalā; n. worship performed at the shrine of one's digudyaḥ or lineage deity especially after the rituals of ceremonies like marriage and initiation are completed. The act of visiting patron or lineage deity for such a worship is called vañjala vane (lit. to go for vañjalā) (Mālī NS 1130: 525). A separate day is chosen for vañjalā after the main rituals, which may go on for a few days, are over.
vapijhyāḥवपिझ्या:n. miniature windows on both sides of doors (ground floor) or central windows (second floor) of temples or monasteries (Gutschow et al. 1987: 218); see degaḥjhyāḥ.
varada mudrāवरदमुद्रा[S.] n. ‘boon-granting’ gesture in which the palm is held down facing outwards with all the fingers loosely outstretched or curved slightly inwards. If a jewel is seen stamped on the hand showing the mudrā, the gesture is known as ratnasaṃyukta varada mudrā, that is, the gift-bestowing attitude together with a jewel (Bhattacharyya 1958: 441).
Varuṇaवरुण[S.] n. a deity originally associated with the timely gathering of the clouds necessary for adequate rainfall (Gutschow 2011: 241). A god of Vedic origin, Varuṇa etymologically means 'the god who makes the sun his instrument for measuring out the three realms (earth, mid-region, and heavens) and as the lord of the waters. Vedic hymns describe him as the energizer and mover of all things. By his power, Varuṇa makes the rivers flow in their courses, the seas ebb, the sun shine, and the rains fall. He keeps the oceans and clouds in their places. He is also worshipped as the guardian (dikapāla) of the western direction. He is fair-complexioned and is two or four-armed. When two-armed, he carries a serpent noose (nāgapāśa) with his right hand and a water pot with the left. When represented as four-armed, he carries a noose, lotus, sacred water pot and exhibits the gesture of protection (abhaya mudrā). He is seen riding a makara, his animal mount (vāhana), but is sometimes seen riding a celestial swan (rājahaṃsa) as well (Rao 1992: 98-100). Besides mostly appearing at the premises of water architectures like hitis, he is also seen carved on one of the blind windows (degaḥjhyāḥ) that flank the entrance of a monastic building or temple.
varṣavarddhanaवर्षवर्द्धन[S.] n. anniversary of any shrine, caityaphalcā, etc; busādhaṃ (New.)
varṣāvāsaवर्षावास[S.] var. barshawas, varshawas; n. lit. rain-residence, the term signifies "the three months Rains Residence for intensified Buddhist practice" (Gyatsho 1966: 69). It is the rainy recess for the members of the Buddhist saṃgha, lasting for three lunar months and commencing generally on and from the 1st of the dark fortnight of Śrāvaṇa (Chatterjee 1940: 334).
vedikāवेदिका[S.] n. an altar; plinth of a caitya.
vihāraविहार[S.] n. Buddhist monastery; see bāhāḥ and bahī.
Virūpākṣaविरूपाक्ष[S.] n. lit. one with extremely ugly eyes, is a stone statue believed to date back to the Kirāta period that stands at the cremation ground in Paśupati, Kathmandu (Parājulī and Śarmā 2067: 1160). Bangdel 1995: 90 dates this three-eyed statue back to the 4th century. Pratapaditya Pal, on the other hand, thinks it belongs to the 6th century. Meanwhile, Joshi 1987: 3 believes that the statue is a product of the 5th century. A legend popular in the Kathmandu valley portrays him as a repenting person angry at Lord Śiva for wrongfully guiding him in his penance for the sin of having sexual intercourse with his mother. The statue buried underneath the ground below his waist at Paśupati cremation ground is also referred to as Kali. Many believe that the world will come to an end once his statue fully emerges from the ground. Virūpākṣa was the chief of the Nāgas, the gatekeepers of Paśupati-Śiva. The name Virūpākṣa is also one of the 108 epithets of Śiva. For more on Virūpākṣa, see Joshi 1987: 1-5.
viṃśatikoṇaविंशतिकोण[S.] n. lit. twenty angles; is a design pattern usually found on the base of a caitya.
Viṣṇuविष्णुn. one of the three deities of the Hindu trinity who is revered as the deity of preservation. He is usually depicted in dark blue or blue-gray-colored skin with four arms. A śaṅkha (conch shell), cakra (discus), gadā, and padma are the implements he holds in his hands. He is also known as Nārāyaṇa and is the main deity worshipped by the followers of Vaiṣṇavism. He is widely known for his 10 incarnations. The iconic representation of Viṣṇu was known even during the Vedic times. The worship of Viṣṇu was prevalent in that period is evident from several Hindu texts (Rao 1992: 128).
vrataव्रत[S.] n. religious vow or practice, any pious observance, meritorious act of devotion or austerity, solemn vow, rule, holy practice (as fasting, continence) (Monier-Williams 1964: 1042); fasting observed mostly by women on various occasions like aṣṭamī (eighth day of lunar fortnights), Monday, or in reverence to any particular deity like Basundharā, Mādhavanārāyaṇa, etc.
vāhanaवाहन[S.] var. bāhāṃ (New.); n. 1) a deity's mount. 2) animal used for riding. Deities are seen riding their respective vāhana, or at times, the vāhana is seen at the side of the deity. A vāhana is called bāhāṃ in Newari, but bāhāṃ also refers to any animal assigned for a sacrifice. Bāhāṃ also means an astrological 'seat' assigned to a person in the birth chart in accordance with the time and place of the birth.
vānaliṅgaवाणलिङ्ग[S.] var. banalinga; n. naturally-shaped stones not carved into the typical śivaliṅga form by humans. The term mostly refers to such stones found in the Narmada riverbed in India. A temple housing such naturally-shaped stone enshrined in the sanctum is known as Vāṇaliṅgeśvara. Such a śivaliṅga is also known as svayambhū liṅga, the self-existent liṅga. It is thought to be particularly powerful, as it has manifested itself embodied in, or by, a natural object such as a stone or block of ice, devoid of human intervention (Johnson 2009: 316).
Vāsukiवासुकि[S.] var. Bāsuki (Nep.); n. The name of a serpent-king (one of the three chief kings of the nāgas, the other two being Śeṣa and Takṣaka) (Monier-Williams 1964: 948).
yaciṃ kāyयचिंकाय्[New.] var. yachin kaye; v. to fast or abstain from being ritually defiled (for instance, have sexual intercourse) ahead of major worship (Mālī NS 1130: 483).
yajñakuṇḍaयज्ञकुण्ड[S.] n. a square-shaped hollowed space designated for a fire oblation. It may be understood as a vessel for a fire oblation. A yajñakuṇḍa used for Buddhist fire oblation contains a vajra at the center of the hollowed space surrounded by deities of eight direction (Vajracharya et al. NA: 33); syn. yajñaśālā.
yajñopavītaयज्ञोपवीत[S.] var. yagyopawita; n. the Sacred Thread; the investiture of youths of the three twice-born castes with the sacred thread or, in later times, the thread itself that is worn diagonally over the left shoulder and hanging down under the right (Monier-Williams 1964: 840); syn. janai.
yajñaयज्ञ[S.] act of worship or devotion by performing a fire oblation or sacrifice.
yakṣaयक्ष[S.] n. a semi-mythical class of beings who are supposed to preside over treasures and shower wealth on mankind when propitiated. Kubera is said to be the greatest among the yakṣas (Bhattacharyya 1958: 379).
Yalaयलn. city of Patan. The city of Patan was known by many names in the history. Laḍitagrāma, Yūpagrāma, Lalitabruma, Lalitākhyapura, Lalitapattana, etc. were some of the names that the city of Patan was known as besides Yala (Śākya 2008: 10-11). King Vīradeva is said to have commissioned the establishment of the city of Lalitapattana. The king gave a lot of money to a grass-cutter named Lalita, who then founded the city, established various deities and built a palace for the king. When King Vīradeva was enthroned, 3,400 years of the Kaligata era had passed (Bajracharya et al., Vol. 1 2016: 48). This would mean that his enthronement took place in 299 CE.
yalayयलय्n. inhabitant of Yala (Patan).
Yamaयमn. ruler of Yamaloka, the Underworld, who is believed to send a deceased to the heaven or hell depending upon his actions of his lifetime; syn. Jamarāja, Janmarāja, Yamarāja.
yaḥmariयःमरिvar. yamariyomari; n. steamed pastry of rice flour made in conical shape that contains small amount of thick paste of molasses and sesame seeds inside. On Thiṃlāpunhi or Yaḥmaripunhi, the full-moon day of Mārgaśīrṣa, the Newars prepare yaḥmari and worship the new harvest of paddy. Māymari, another form of pasty but with mashed paste of soaked black lentil inside, is also prepared in the same manner on that day. Both yaḥmari and māymari of slightly larger in size called māyaḥ and bāyaḥ are offered to the pot where the new harvest of paddy is stored. Small images of rice flour, which depict the activities relating to paddy and rice, are also made and offered to the stored paddy. These images may include a lady with a winnowing tray, a man carrying a bag of paddy on his back, etc. All of these images and pastries are worshipped every day and taken out on the fourth day to be eaten by the whole family as prasādaYaḥmaripunhi is also considered as the Lakṣmī Pujā, the worship of the deity of wealth, by the Newars.
yaḥsĩय:सिँ[New.] var. lyaḥsĩ; n. 1) ceremonial pole. 2) flagstaff erected during various festivals such as Yẽnyāḥ and Biskāḥ Jātrā, the two major festivals of the Kathmandu valley that require the erection of a yaḥsĩ. Two yaḥsĩs are erected in Bhaktapur on the last day of Caitra and is then hauled down the next day, the first day of Vaiśākha or the New Year's day of the Vikrama era. The first yaḥsĩ is erected at Kumhāḥtvāḥ (Potter's Square). This yaḥsĩ is locally known as lhāḥ madugu yaḥsĩ (the flagstaff without arms), as it does not contain a horizontal bar at the top. The main yaḥsĩ, also known as lhāḥ dugu yaḥsĩ (the flagstaff with arms), is erected late in the afternoon at Bhelukhyaḥ. This one also contains a long banner called haliṃpatāḥ ([S.] viśvadhvaja; the banner of the world). In Kathmandu, a yaḥsĩ is erected at Hanumāna Ḍhokā during the Yẽnyāḥ festival every year. On the 12th day of the bright fortnight of Bhadra, the Sāymis (caste of oil-pressers now known as Mānandhara) of Kathmandu gather and erect the yaḥsĩ and hoist the banner called Indradhvaja (the banner of Indra) along with it. A week later, the yaḥsĩ is hauled down by the Sāymis on the 4th day of the dark fortnight of Āśvīna.
yaḥsĩpvāḥय:सिँप्वा:[New.] n. hole for erecting a yaḥsĩ.
Yaṃlāयंलाvar. Ñalā; n. the eleventh month of the Newar lunar calendar (twelfth in a leap year) occurring during the months of Bhādra and Āśvina (August-September).
yekāयेकाvar. ikā, yakā, yãkā; n. lengthwise veneer of a latticed window; slotted batten (Gutschow et al. 1987: 194).
Yẽnyāḥयेँन्या:var. ÑayāḥYãnyāḥ, Yãyāḥ, Yẽyāḥ; n. a jubilant festival observed in the Kathmandu Valley around August-September when the cities in the valley come to life with a traditional form of extravagant street festivals. With the erection of yaḥsĩ in Basantapur on the 12th of the bright fortnight of BhādraYẽnyāḥ festival officially begins in Kathmandu and concludes on the 4th day of the dark fortnight of Āśvīna after the yaḥsĩ is hauled down. Poles are erected at most of the localities with an image of Yamāḥdyaḥ (Indra), while head images of Hāthudyaḥ are also displayed at various places. Many revelers throng the images of Hāthudyaḥ to drink the alcoholic beverages discharged from the spout set on the mouth of the image. Chariots of Kumārī, Gaṇeśa and Bhairava are also taken round the city while many other processions are also taken out during the period. In Patan, Yẽnyāḥ begins on the 13th of the bright fortnight of Bhādra and is observed for four days. Four quarters of the city observe the festival on four separate days. Also known as Indra Jātrā in Nepali, Yẽnyāḥ is observed in Bhaktapur with a special focus on Mūpātra Jātrā.
yugaयुग[S.] n. eon; an age of the world; long mundane period of years (of which there are four: Kṛta or Satya, Tretā, Dvāpara, and Kali. The first three have already elapsed while Kali, which began at midnight between the 17th and 18th of February in 3102 BC is that in which we live (Monier-Williams 1964: 854).
yākvaयाक्वvar. yakuyāku; lit. arm pit; figural design that resemble an arm pit found on outer window frame (Gutschow et al. 1987: 241).
yākvajhyāḥयाक्वझ्या:var. yākujhyāḥ; n. lit. arm pit window; blind window, small window (on either side of a door in a temple).
ācāryaआचार्य[S.] n. knowing or teaching the ācāra or rules; a spiritual guide or teacher (especially one who invests the student with sacrificial thread, and instructs him in the vedas, in the law of sacrifice religious mysteries (Monier-Williams 1964: 131).
ācāḥ luiguआचाःलुइगुvar. ācāḥ luyegu; n. a tantric initiation in Newar Buddhism by which a novice is consecrated into a Vajrāchārya priest. It is known as Vajrācārya-abhiṣeka. It is the consecration of Vajra-master (Gellner 1992: 199). After the ācāḥ luigu ritual, a Vajrācārya formally enters Vajrayāna - the Diamond Way. Only sons of a Vajrācārya is eligible for the ācāḥ luigu ritual, which then serves as a license for him to officiate life-cycle and other rituals. A son of a Vajrācārya who has not undergone the ācāḥ luigu ritual is not eligible for officiating any rituals and culturally his status, therefore, is equivalent to a Śākya, who is a Mahāyānist.
ācāḥjuआचा:जु[fr. New.] var. ācā, ācāju, ācāta; n. hon. 1) preceptor, spiritual guide (Malla 2000: 17). 2) priest. 3) one of the Newar castes whose members have undergone tantric initiation; usually referred to a Guruvācārya or Karmācārya.
Ādibuddhaआदिबुद्ध[S.] n. In Vajrayāna Buddhism, the Ādibuddha refers to the 'First (ādi) Buddha' or the "Primordial Buddha". Ādi can also mean primordial, original, fundamental, or as existing from the beginning. It does not refer to a person; rather, it indicates the Buddha's nature (tathāgatagarbha), something primordially present as an innate wisdom in all sentient beings. The idea of an Ādibuddha originated in Nālandā Monastery at the beginning of the 10th century. Vajradhara, also called Ādibuddha, is the primordial monotheistic god in Vajrayāna Buddhism, and is the embodiment of sūnya (Bhattacharyya 1958: 42). The identity of the Ādibuddha is not clear. Some consider one of the pañcabuddhas to be Ādibuddha, while others regard Vajrasattva or Bodhisattvas like Samantabhadra or Vajrapāṇi as Ādibuddha (Bhattacharyya 1958: 44). In the Kathmandu Valley, however, Vajrasattva is revered as the Ādibuddha.
āgaṃआगं[fr. S. āgama] var. āgaṇa; n. 1) the place where the image of the family deity is housed; the household chapel (Malla 2000: 16). Usually housed on the first floor of a monastery, the āgaṃ is a shrine of its principal deity, Cakrasaṃvara, who is worshipped by a Vajrācārya priest. Sometimes a Śākya elder may also perform the daily worship of Cakrasaṃvara if the monastery belongs exclusively to Śākyas. 2) a room in every household where the family's lineage and other deities are enshrined; prayer room.
āgaṃ thyākeआगंथ्याकेvar. āgã thyāke, agam thyake; v. 1) to perform a ritual of introducing infants to the family deity on the day of the first feeding of solid food. 2) a special worship performed in the family āgaṃ to induct newly married bride into the family by getting her to offer a kisali to the āgaṃdyaḥ (Mālī 1130 NS: 36-37).
āgaṃchẽआगंछेँvar. āgãcheāgacheagache; n. the building that houses the shrine of esoteric clan deity in a secret room called āgaṃkvathā, where the esoteric deity of a clan (of an artisan group like the brickmakers-āvāḥ, the tantric priests-Karmācārya or astrologers-Jośī) is worshipped. A small pinnacle above the secret room on the ridge, a slightly decorated window with a medalion in the center or guarding lions in front of the entrance door may mark a building as an āgaṃchẽ (Gutschow et al. 1987: 117). Āgaṃchẽ usually has a relatively large space on one floor for hosting feasts for respective clan.
āgaṃdegaḥआगंदेगःvar. āgãdegaḥ; a temple that houses the shrine of esoteric clan deity. It differs from āgaṃchẽ in the sense that it does not have space for feasts and gatherings.
āgaṃdyaḥआगंद्यःvar. āgãdyaḥ; n. literally the deity of āgaṃ, it is the patron deity of the clan the āgaṃ belongs to.
āgaṃkvathāआगंक्वथाvar. āgãkvathā; n. the room where āgaṃdyaḥ is enshrined. The term is used in case of the āgaṃ of every household rather than of a monastery.
ājuआजुvar. ajā; n. lit. an elderly man; ancestors.
ājudyaḥआजुद्यःn. 1) the main deity. 2) the oldest and most senior deity of the country; e.g. Bāgha Bhairava is considered as the ājudyaḥ of Kirtipurians (Mālī 1130 NS: 38). Similarly, the large head image of Ākāśa Bhairava at Vaṃghaḥ (Indrachok) in Kathmandu is revered as the ājudyaḥ of Kathmandu. 3) hon. grandfather (Manandhar et al. 1986: 11).
ākhāḥchẽआखा:छेँvar. āḥgāḥchẽ; n. a house where lessons on music and dance are given (Manandhar et al. 1986: 11). It is a building for storing musical instruments and other materials like ornaments, masks and dresses of traditional dances.
ālaḥmataआलःमतvar. ālamata; n. literally a sky lamp, it is a lamp hanging from a bamboo pole erected in the month of Kārtika; also called ākāśadīpaālumataāliṃmatasargaḥmata; see matakalaḥ.
ālīḍhaआलीढ[S.] adj. a particular attitude in shooting (the right knee advanced, the left leg drawn back) (Monier-Williams 1964: 154). It is an attitude exhibited in lower limbs with the right leg outstretched while the left is slightly bent (Bhattacharyya 1958: 432). The ālīḍha posture signifies heroism (Bhattacharyya 1958: 390). Compare pratyālīḍha.
āmalakaआमलक[S.] n. lit. myrobalan; a design also known as ābhaḥ (New.) found just above the trayodaśabhuvana of a caitya. The design also appears on top of śikhara temples.
ānāआनाn. 1) monetary unit worth one sixteenth of a rupee with four ānā constituting one sukā. 2) sixteenth part of land, property, etc.
āratīआरती[fr. S. ārātrika] n. a ceremony performed by moving a platter containing lamps in circles round the image of a god. It is an act of worshipping a deity with light, and is an integral aspect of worship. At the end of the worship, the deities being worshipped are made an offering of light. One or, more commonly five, lights are placed on a tray, which is waved in a circular, clockwise motion in front of the deity. The five lights symbolize the five elements of earth, air, fire, water, and ether. Āratī also refers to the prayers recited or sung during the waving of the āratī lights (Foulston 2008: 43).
āsanaआसन

n. 1) seat. For instance, padmāsana means the seat of padma (lotus) while siṃhāsana means seat of a siṃha (lion) or a lion-throne.

2) a mystic or any attitude exhibited in the lower limbs by any deity. The position of legs determines various forms of āsanas like paryaṅkaālīḍha, etc. The attitude exhibited by the upper limbs is called mudrā. The use of āsanas as a physical posture is listed in the Veda, the Upaniṣads, epic and purāṇic literature, where they are described as conducive to mokṣa (liberation) (Ferrari 2008: 46).

ātiआतिvar. āratiā̃ti; lintel (with the socket of the door pin) (Gutschow et al. 1987: 20); horizontal piece of timber placed below a door or window; thakhaluthati (Mālī 1130 NS: 39).
ātiआति[New.] n. a mixture of mustard seeds, dried Indian gooseberry (ambaḥ), sesame seeds (hāmvaḥ), and wheat flour (Mālī NS 1130: 39). This mixture is traditionally applied to the shaven heads of individuals undergoing the dū byaṃke ritual, a purification ceremony performed after a death in the family. The application of āti is followed by a ritual bath to cleanse the mourners from ritual impurity.
Āśvinaआश्विन[S.] var. AsaujaAsoja (Nep.); n. the sixth month of the solar calendar adopted by the Vikrama era that corresponds to September-October; of a month in the rainy season (during which the moon is near to the constellation Aśvinī) (Monier-Williams 1964: 159).
ā̃ganaआँगनn. an open space in front of the entrance of a house; an open courtyard.
ā̃khījhyālaआँखीझ्याल[Nep.] n. latticed window; [New.] tikijhyāḥ.
ā̃ypāआँय्‌पाvar. āypā; n. roof tiles.
āḥjuआ:जु[fr. S. ārya] var. āju; n. seniors/elders of a bāhāḥ or bahī. Most of the major bāhāḥs have 10 āḥjus locally known as daśapāramitā āḥju, who represent the 10 perfections (pāramitā). When one of them passes away, the āḥju next in line replaces him while a new person (the 11th in line) is inducted as the tenth āḥju. The induction of a new āḥju is done based on the seniority in terms of age. The promotion in position also marks the accomplishment of a perfection and being inducted to the senior-most position marks the attainment of Buddhahood not in terms of knowledge but in terms of actions.The senior-most āḥju, also called cakreśvara āḥju, has the responsibility of performing the daily rituals and all other worships at the āgaṃ of the bāhāḥ.
āṃkhvarāआंख्वरा

var. āmkhorā, āmkhvarā; n. 1) water pot without a spout that is used for drinking usually made of brass or clay.

2) baluster (lit. sater pot pattern).

Āṣāḍhaआषाढ[S.] var. Asāra, Asār (Nep.); n. the third month of the solar calendar adopted by the Vikrama era commencing with the sun's entrance into Gemini (June-July).
Ībahī Thūraईबहीथूरn. the stūpa in the north from among the four stūpas at the cardinal points of Patan; syn. Yampi Thūra, Aśoka Stūpa North.
īlvahaṃईल्वहंvar. īlhvaṃ; n. stone base of a pillar; a large stone with a hole or socket in the middle that serves as a base for a pillar.
Śaivaशैव

[S.] n. 1) relating or belonging or sacred to the god Śiva; coming or derived from Śiva; a worshipper or follower of Śiva (Monier-Williams 1964: 1090).

2) one of the three main sects of Hinduism with Viṣṇava and Śākta being the other two sects.

śaktiशक्तिn. lit. power or strength; female consort of a deity. In Vajrayāna, śakti is also taken as prajñā (wisdom). The śaktis are either represented singly or in yab-yum, i.e. in actual embrace of the god to whom she is affiliated as a śakti (Bhattacharyya 1958: 438).
śaṅkhaशङ्ख[S.] var. saṃkha; n. 1) conch shell; a particular kind of large shell used for blowing, conch-shell (as a wind instrument, attribute of Lord Viṣṇu). 2) one of the eight emblems of aṣṭamaṅgala.
śikharaशिखर[S.] var. śikhar; this term, literally 'mountain peak', refers to a style of temple architecture in the shape of a  tower mostly found in the Hindu temples of North India and Nepal and also often used in Jain temples.
śikharakūṭa caityaशिखरकूटचैत्य[S.] n. a type of caitya that is found in the highest number compared to any other forms of caityas in the Kathmandu Valley, its name comes from the caitya's resemblance to the Indian śikhara-styled temples. Its base storey in the shape of a cube houses Bodhisattvas in the niches, above which is the whole upper structure with the roof-like covering, a thinner upper storey topped by the lotus throne, the drum, dome and finial. Its prototypes came into being at the end of the Licchavi period in the eighth century and took a definitive shape by the middle of the 17th century after passing through many stages of development (Gutschow 1997: 215).
Śivaशिवn. Lord Śiva, the destroyer within the Hindu trinity. He is also known as Mahādeva, the great deity. In vedas, the word Śiva, the auspicious, occurs as an epithet of Rudra, who is praised in all hymns as a malevolent deity causing death and disease among men and cattle and is therefore specially prayed to by the hymnists for allaying his wrath towards them (Rao 1997: 39). When Śiva was besought by the gods to destroy certain demons, he sought and obtained one half of their strength from all the gods; he was thenceforth known among the gods as Mahādeva or Maheśvara, because he became the greatest among them. Since he consumes flesh, blood and marrow (as Agni-the fire deity), is fiery and glorious, he is called Rudra. Since he makes men prosper in all their actions, he bears the appellation Śiva, the auspicious (Rao 1997: 47-48). He wears a garland of a serpent and holds a triśūla (trident). He is usually represented by a liṅga (phallus) in temples.
śivaliṅgaशिवलिङ्ग[S.] n. lit. Śiva's genital organ; non-iconic, phallic representation of Śiva (Gutschow and Michaels 2005: 215). Śiva worshiped in the form of a phallus. This is usually made of stone or marble, and is set up in temples appropriated to Śiva; sometimes also referred to as liṅga only. Śivaliṅga is classified into two categories: cala-liṅga (movable phallus made of clay, gems, wood or stone) and acala-liṅga (immovable phallus that are permanently set up as the main deity of Śiva temples) (Rao 1997: 75-76). Cala-liṅgas are used at times of special worships that may be cast away after the worship is over. Interestingly, a śivaliṅga has the representation of the other two deities of the Hindu trinity: Brahmā and Viṣṇu. The bottom part (circular portion below jalahari) of the śivaliṅga is the representation of Brahmā, the Hindu deity of creation. This section of a śivaliṅga is usually buried underneath the ground and is, therefore, not visible. The octagonal portion below the proper śivaliṅga represents Viṣṇu. Many śivaliṅgas do not contain the octagonal portion in the shaft but only adopt an octagonal hole on the jalahari where the proper śivaliṅga stands. In such cases, the octagonal hole itself is the representation of Viṣṇu. The cylindrical shaft on the top represents Śiva himself, which is known as the Rudra portion, where one, four, or five of his faces may also be carved. Four of his faces are carved in four directions with the fifth one on top of the shaft.
śrāddhaश्राद्ध[S.] n. periodic worship with various offerings made in the name of one's ancestors.
Śrāvaṇaश्रावण[S.] var. SāunaSāunSāvana (Nep.); n. fourth month of the solar calendar adopted by the Vikrama era that corresponds to July-August.
śrīश्री[S.] n. word of blessing, can be used as apprecatio, in which case it means 'good fortune' (Pant and Pierce 1989: 12), can be used as a prefix to names of persons and gods, in which case it means 'venerable' or 'glorious' respectively. The number of śrīs used varies, depending on context.
Śrī Yantraश्रीयन्त्र[S.] n. a geometrical yet mystical figure of nine concentric triangles with four of them pointing up and five pointing down. The center contains a dot known as vindu. It is used in the tantric worship of Śrī Vidyā (lit. auspicious wisdom), a Śākta cult focused on the ritual worship of the all-powerful Goddess Tripurasundarī. The figure is used in the tantric worship of Goddess Tripurasundarī, where it represents both the goddess herself (in her supreme form) and the cosmos. The downward-pointing triangles represent śakti and the upward-pointing ones represent Śiva, who emanate, like the cosmos, from the dot at the center (Johnson 2009: 309). Likewise, the triangles also represent female and male genitalia: the five triangles pointing downward represent the vulva while the four triangles pointing upward represent the phallus. Therefore, Śrī Yantra is the union of Śiva and śakti, and, hence, is also known as Yantrarāja (lit. the king of yantras) or Cakrarāja (lit. the king of circles) (Pokharela 2023: 45). A scripture named Kāmakalā Vilāsa gives names of the deities that these nine triangles represent: Tripurā, Tripureśvarī, Tripurasundarī, Tripuravāsinī, Tripurāśrī, Tripuramālinī, Tripurāsiddhā, Tripurāmbikā, and Mahātripurasundarī (Upādhyāya Bhaṭṭa VS 2062: 150). Ritual worship of this figure, accompanied by recitation of the Śrī Vidyā mantra (the goddess in her subtle form), is thought to realize the deity and her power in the body of the initiate (Johnson 2009: 309). In the course of the worship, mantra (religious chanting), tantra (magic), and yantra (symbolic form) are used. The mantra is chanted covertly and the tantra is overtly displayed while the yantra is the symbolic fetish or place where the mantra and tantra are given a place to reside in a symbolic form (Pokharela 2023: 39).
Śrīpañcamīश्रीपञ्चमी

[S.] var. Sripanchami, Shree Panchami; n. 1) the 5th of the bright fortnight of the month of Māgha, also known as vasantapañcamīmañjupañcamī or gurupañcamī that marks the beginning of spring. Deities of wisdom, Sarasvatī and Mañjuśrī, are worshipped on this day.

2) festival held on that day.

Śāktaशाक्तn. a Hindu cult that worships the mother goddesses, mainly Durgā and her incarnations, along with Pārvatī, Lakṣmī, the mahāvidyās, etc. The worship mainly focuses on gaining power to prevail against the enemies, both visible and invisible. It is based on the concept of divine energy (śakti) as the activating principle of existence. But Śākta as a recognizable cult cannot be traced before the first half of the present era (Stutley and Stutley 1977: 259). Animal sacrifices are observed widely by the followers of this cult, decapitating animals in such a way that at least some amount of blood spurt on the image of the deity.
Śākyamuniशाक्यमुनिn. the name of Gautama Buddha, who was born in Lumbini, Nepal in 563 BC as Prince Siddhārtha, the son of King Śuddhodana and Queen Māyādevī, in the Śākya clan of the Kapilavastu empire. He is seen sitting crosslegged and exhibiting the bhūmisparśa mudrā. Iconographically, he is identical to Akṣobhya, and is enshrined in the bāhāḥs and bahīs of the Kathmandu Valley as kvāḥpāḥdyaḥ.
Śākyasiṃhaशाक्यसिंहn. lit. the lion of the Śākya clan, it is another name of Gautama Buddha, who is also known as Śākyamuni Buddha.
śārdūlaशार्दूलn. one of the huge rampant beasts, fantastic horned and winged griffons, lions, lion-griffons (leogryphs), or other hybrids that are carved on corner struts of a temple. Besides śārdūla, other such beasts are called vyāla and vyālaka. Imbued with unimaginable strength, they symbolically and physically support the corners of the ponderous roofs and overhanging eaves and, fiercely glaring in all directions, are the temple's especially powerful spiritual defenders and protectors (Slusser 2010: 17). The Newars refer to these animals simply as kuṃsala (corner horse). Metal images of śārdūla and other such beasts can also be found installed at the corners of a monument as seen at Kvāḥ Bāhāḥ, Patan.
Śītalā MājuशीतलामाजुSee ajidyaḥ.
ḍamaruडमरु[S.] (New. dabadaba, dabudabudamarudamalu) n. a musical instrument; a small double-sided drum to which thongs with weight on the ends are attached. The drum is beaten by the weights as the drum is rotated rapidly back and forth; syn. kāntāṃdabadaba (Manandhar et al. 1986: 107).
ḍiṭṭhāडिट्ठाvar. ḍīṭṭhāḍiṭhā; n. a civil servant ranking above a mukhiyā and lower than a subbā during the Rāṇā and Śāha period (cf. Stiller 1981, 379). According to Edwards (1975, 107), ḍiṭṭhās originally had been the judges who presided over the court in Kathmandu but later could serve in number of other offices, such as the Kausī, the Hāttisāra or the Sadara Daphtarakhānā (cf. also Kumar 1967, 165). The Nepālikabhūpavaṃśāvalī (NBhV, vol. II, 101) suggests that ḍiṭṭhās were given responsibility of the finance section of the royal court during the Malla period.
Ṣaḍakṣarī Lokeśvaraषडक्षरीलोकेश्वरvar. Khaḍakṣarī; n. lit. the six-lettered Lokeśvara; he is the deification of the mantra 'Om Maṇi Padme Hūṃ'. He is one of the Lokeśvaras widely revered by the Newars. He sits in the vajraparyaṅka mudrā. He has four arms and one face. The principal pair of hands is joined against the chest in forming the añjali. The second pair carries the rosary in the right and the lotus in the left (Bhattacharyya 1958: 395). His image frequently appears at Buddhist monasteries, as he represents the Saṃgha of the Buddhist trinity.
ṭhākuraठाकुर[H.] n. an idol; a deity; any individual entitled to reverence or respect (Wilson 1855: p. 517). In the Kathmandu valley, the title ṭhākura is mostly used by the Malla kings. As ṭhākura also means a 'deity', the Malla kings attempt to ensure that the title does not liken them to a deity by using only double veneration (śrī) for themselves while three for the deities. The title is often written as thākura in the valley.
ṭolaटोल[fr. New. tvāḥ/tvāla] n. a locality of a town or village; a part of a town inhabited by persons belonging to a particular community or caste. Every Newar tvāḥ or ṭola has a separate shrine of Ganedyaḥ. With every other shrine of Ganedyaḥ, one can know that one has come to a new ṭola.
ṭũḍālaटुँडाल[fr. New. tunāḥsĩ] var. ṭurāl, ṭuḍāl; n. strut; wooden support for the eaves or projecting edge of a roof.